mirror of
				https://xff.cz/git/u-boot/
				synced 2025-10-31 18:35:42 +01:00 
			
		
		
		
	All the DM-related configuration options are described in Kconfig helps. They should not be duplicated in README. Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com> Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6679 lines
		
	
	
		
			231 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6679 lines
		
	
	
		
			231 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
| #
 | |
| # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
 | |
| # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
 | |
| #
 | |
| # SPDX-License-Identifier:	GPL-2.0+
 | |
| #
 | |
| 
 | |
| Summary:
 | |
| ========
 | |
| 
 | |
| This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
 | |
| Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
 | |
| processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
 | |
| initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
 | |
| code.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
 | |
| the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
 | |
| header files in common, and special provision has been made to
 | |
| support booting of Linux images.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
 | |
| configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
 | |
| implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
 | |
| add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
 | |
| code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
 | |
| load and run it dynamically.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Status:
 | |
| =======
 | |
| 
 | |
| In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
 | |
| Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
 | |
| "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
 | |
| 
 | |
| In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
 | |
| who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
 | |
| maintainers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
 | |
| it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	make CHANGELOG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Where to get help:
 | |
| ==================
 | |
| 
 | |
| In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
 | |
| U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
 | |
| <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
 | |
| on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
 | |
| Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
 | |
| http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Where to get source code:
 | |
| =========================
 | |
| 
 | |
| The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
 | |
| git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
 | |
| http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
 | |
| 
 | |
| The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
 | |
| any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
 | |
| available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
 | |
| directory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
 | |
| ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Where we come from:
 | |
| ===================
 | |
| 
 | |
| - start from 8xxrom sources
 | |
| - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
 | |
| - clean up code
 | |
| - make it easier to add custom boards
 | |
| - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
 | |
| - extend functions, especially:
 | |
|   * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
 | |
|   * S-Record download
 | |
|   * network boot
 | |
|   * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
 | |
| - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
 | |
| - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
 | |
| - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
 | |
| - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Names and Spelling:
 | |
| ===================
 | |
| 
 | |
| The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
 | |
| "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
 | |
| in source files etc.). Example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
 | |
| 
 | |
| File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	#include <asm/u-boot.h>
 | |
| 
 | |
| Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
 | |
| the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	U_BOOT_VERSION		u_boot_logo
 | |
| 	IH_OS_U_BOOT		u_boot_hush_start
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Versioning:
 | |
| ===========
 | |
| 
 | |
| Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
 | |
| were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
 | |
| into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
 | |
| names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
 | |
| Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
 | |
| releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Examples:
 | |
| 	U-Boot v2009.11	    - Release November 2009
 | |
| 	U-Boot v2009.11.1   - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
 | |
| 	U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Directory Hierarchy:
 | |
| ====================
 | |
| 
 | |
| /arch			Architecture specific files
 | |
|   /arc			Files generic to ARC architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /arc700		Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /arm			Files generic to ARM architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /arm720t		Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
 | |
|       /arm920t		Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
 | |
| 	/at91		Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
 | |
| 	/imx		Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
 | |
| 	/s3c24x0	Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
 | |
|       /arm926ejs	Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
 | |
|       /arm1136		Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
 | |
|       /pxa		Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
 | |
|       /sa1100		Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /avr32		Files generic to AVR32 architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /blackfin		Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /m68k			Files generic to m68k architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /mcf52x2		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
 | |
|       /mcf5227x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
 | |
|       /mcf532x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
 | |
|       /mcf5445x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
 | |
|       /mcf547x_8x	Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /microblaze		Files generic to microblaze architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /mips			Files generic to MIPS architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /mips32		Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
 | |
|       /mips64		Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /nds32		Files generic to NDS32 architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /n1213		Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /nios2		Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /openrisc		Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /powerpc		Files generic to PowerPC architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /mpc5xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
 | |
|       /mpc5xxx		Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
 | |
|       /mpc8xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
 | |
|       /mpc8260		Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
 | |
|       /mpc85xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
 | |
|       /ppc4xx		Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /sh			Files generic to SH architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /sh2		Files specific to sh2 CPUs
 | |
|       /sh3		Files specific to sh3 CPUs
 | |
|       /sh4		Files specific to sh4 CPUs
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /sparc		Files generic to SPARC architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|       /leon2		Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
 | |
|       /leon3		Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
|   /x86			Files generic to x86 architecture
 | |
|     /cpu		CPU specific files
 | |
|     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 | |
| /api			Machine/arch independent API for external apps
 | |
| /board			Board dependent files
 | |
| /common			Misc architecture independent functions
 | |
| /disk			Code for disk drive partition handling
 | |
| /doc			Documentation (don't expect too much)
 | |
| /drivers		Commonly used device drivers
 | |
| /dts			Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
 | |
| /examples		Example code for standalone applications, etc.
 | |
| /fs			Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
 | |
| /include		Header Files
 | |
| /lib			Files generic to all architectures
 | |
|   /libfdt		Library files to support flattened device trees
 | |
|   /lzma			Library files to support LZMA decompression
 | |
|   /lzo			Library files to support LZO decompression
 | |
| /net			Networking code
 | |
| /post			Power On Self Test
 | |
| /spl			Secondary Program Loader framework
 | |
| /tools			Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Software Configuration:
 | |
| =======================
 | |
| 
 | |
| Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
 | |
| rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
 | |
| 
 | |
| There are two classes of configuration variables:
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
 | |
|   These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
 | |
|   "CONFIG_".
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
 | |
|   These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
 | |
|   you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
 | |
|   "CONFIG_SYS_".
 | |
| 
 | |
| Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
 | |
| identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
 | |
| do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
 | |
| links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
 | |
| as an example here.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
 | |
| ---------------------------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
 | |
| configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
 | |
| 
 | |
| Example: For a TQM823L module type:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	cd u-boot
 | |
| 	make TQM823L_defconfig
 | |
| 
 | |
| For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
 | |
| e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
 | |
| directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Sandbox Environment:
 | |
| --------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
 | |
| board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
 | |
| specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
 | |
| run some of U-Boot's tests.
 | |
| 
 | |
| See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Board Initialisation Flow:
 | |
| --------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
 | |
| SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
 | |
| mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
 | |
| function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
 | |
| At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
 | |
| that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
 | |
| 
 | |
| lowlevel_init():
 | |
| 	- purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
 | |
| 	- no global_data or BSS
 | |
| 	- there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
 | |
| 	- must not set up SDRAM or use console
 | |
| 	- must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
 | |
| 		board_init_f()
 | |
| 	- this is almost never needed
 | |
| 	- return normally from this function
 | |
| 
 | |
| board_init_f():
 | |
| 	- purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
 | |
| 		i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
 | |
| 	- global_data is available
 | |
| 	- stack is in SRAM
 | |
| 	- BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
 | |
| 		only stack variables and global_data
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Non-SPL-specific notes:
 | |
| 	- dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
 | |
| 		can do nothing
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	SPL-specific notes:
 | |
| 	- you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
 | |
| 		version as needed.
 | |
| 	- preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
 | |
| 	- should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
 | |
| 	- these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
 | |
| 	- must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
 | |
| 		directly)
 | |
| 
 | |
| Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
 | |
| this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
 | |
| CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
 | |
| memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| board_init_r():
 | |
| 	- purpose: main execution, common code
 | |
| 	- global_data is available
 | |
| 	- SDRAM is available
 | |
| 	- BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
 | |
| 	- execution eventually continues to main_loop()
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Non-SPL-specific notes:
 | |
| 	- U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
 | |
| 		there.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	SPL-specific notes:
 | |
| 	- stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
 | |
| 	- preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
 | |
| 		done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
 | |
| 		spl_board_init() function containing this call
 | |
| 	- loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Configuration Options:
 | |
| ----------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
 | |
| such information is kept in a configuration file
 | |
| "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
 | |
| 
 | |
| Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
 | |
| "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
 | |
| kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
 | |
| build a config tool - later.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| The following options need to be configured:
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CPU Type:	Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Board Type:	Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
 | |
| 		Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
 | |
| 		Define exactly one of
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
 | |
| --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
 | |
| 		Define exactly one of
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
 | |
| 		Define one or more of
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMA302
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
 | |
| 		Define one or more of
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT	- update a character position on
 | |
| 					  the LCD display every second with
 | |
| 					  a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Marvell Family Member
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MVFS		- define it if you want to enable
 | |
| 					  multiple fs option at one time
 | |
| 					  for marvell soc family
 | |
| 
 | |
| - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ	- deprecated: CPU clock if
 | |
| 					  get_gclk_freq() cannot work
 | |
| 					  e.g. if there is no 32KHz
 | |
| 					  reference PIT/RTC clock
 | |
| 		CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK	- PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
 | |
| 					  or XTAL/EXTAL)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
 | |
| 		CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
 | |
| 			See doc/README.MPC866
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
 | |
| 		of relying on the correctness of the configured
 | |
| 		values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
 | |
| 		the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
 | |
| 		that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
 | |
| 		RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this option if you want to enable the
 | |
| 		ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - 85xx CPU Options:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
 | |
| 		the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
 | |
| 		compliance, among other possible reasons.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
 | |
| 		system clock.  On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
 | |
| 		devices it can be 16 or 32.  The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
 | |
| 		tree nodes for the given platform.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
 | |
| 		around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
 | |
| 		support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
 | |
| 		breakpoints and single stepping do not work.  The value of this
 | |
| 		symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
 | |
| 		purpose.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables a workaround for erratum A004510.  If set,
 | |
| 		then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
 | |
| 		for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
 | |
| 		of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
 | |
| 		p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
 | |
| 		whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
 | |
| 		this erratum.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
 | |
| 		Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
 | |
| 		required during NOR boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
 | |
| 		Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
 | |
| 		required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
 | |
| 		according to the A004510 workaround.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
 | |
| 		This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
 | |
| 		connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
 | |
| 		This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
 | |
| 		which is directly connected to the DSP core.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
 | |
| 		This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
 | |
| 		connected to the DSP core.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
 | |
| 		This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
 | |
| 		Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
 | |
| 		In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
 | |
| 		clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
 | |
| 		This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
 | |
| 		time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
 | |
| 		Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
 | |
| 		supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Generic CPU options:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
 | |
| 		Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
 | |
| 		If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
 | |
| 		generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
 | |
| 		should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
 | |
| 		values is arch specific.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
 | |
| 		found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
 | |
| 		SoCs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
 | |
| 		Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
 | |
| 		deskew training are not available.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR1 controller.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR2 controller.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR3 controller.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR4 controller.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
 | |
| 		Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
 | |
| 		implemetation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
 | |
| 		Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
 | |
| 		implementation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
 | |
| 		Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
 | |
| 		Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
 | |
| 		Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
 | |
| 		DDR3L controllers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
 | |
| 		Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
 | |
| 		DDR4 controllers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
 | |
| 		Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
 | |
| 		Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
 | |
| 		It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
 | |
| 		Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
 | |
| 		It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
 | |
| 		PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
 | |
| 		Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
 | |
| 		It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
 | |
| 		concatenated with u-boot binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
 | |
| 		Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
 | |
| 		Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
 | |
| 		Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
 | |
| 		same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for  all Power SoCs. But
 | |
| 		it could be different for ARM SoCs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
 | |
| 		DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
 | |
| 		interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
 | |
| 		SoCs with ARM core.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
 | |
| 		Number of controllers used as main memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
 | |
| 		Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
 | |
| 		Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
 | |
| 		Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Intel Monahans options:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
 | |
| 		ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
 | |
| 		frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
 | |
| 		ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
 | |
| 		2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
 | |
| 		by this value.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - MIPS CPU options:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
 | |
| 		pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
 | |
| 		relocation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
 | |
| 		See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
 | |
| 		Possible values are:
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_UNCACHED
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
 | |
| 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
 | |
| 		See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
 | |
| 		XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
 | |
| 		be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - ARM options:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
 | |
| 		clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
 | |
| 		set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
 | |
| 		better code density. For ARM architectures that support
 | |
| 		Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
 | |
| 		GCC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
 | |
| 		during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
 | |
| 		workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
 | |
| 		exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
 | |
| 		set these options unless they apply!
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Linux Kernel Interface:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
 | |
| 		internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
 | |
| 		kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
 | |
| 		bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
 | |
| 		"clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
 | |
| 		converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
 | |
| 		Linux kernel.
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
 | |
| 		"clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
 | |
| 		default environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES		[relevant for MIPS only]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
 | |
| 		expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
 | |
| 		Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
 | |
| 		passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
 | |
| 		concepts).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
 | |
| 		 * New libfdt-based support
 | |
| 		 * Adds the "fdt" command
 | |
| 		 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
 | |
| 			MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
 | |
| 		OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
 | |
| 			MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
 | |
| 		OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
 | |
| 		OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
 | |
| 		addresses
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
 | |
| 		to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
 | |
| 		to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
 | |
| 		This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
 | |
| 		the kernel.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
 | |
| 		param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
 | |
| 		If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
 | |
| 		removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
 | |
| 		so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
 | |
| 		crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
 | |
| 		no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MACH_TYPE	[relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
 | |
| 		machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
 | |
| 		number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
 | |
| 		(see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
 | |
| 		Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
 | |
| 		in a single configuration file and the machine type is
 | |
| 		runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - vxWorks boot parameters:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
 | |
| 		environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
 | |
| 		It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
 | |
| 		the defaults discussed just above.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Cache Configuration:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Cache Configuration for ARM:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
 | |
| 				      controller
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
 | |
| 					controller register space
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Serial Ports:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
 | |
| 		the clock speed of the UARTs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
 | |
| 		define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
 | |
| 		port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
 | |
| 		have separate receive and transmit line control registers.  Set
 | |
| 		this variable to initialize the extra register.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
 | |
| 		boot loader that has already initialized the UART.  Define this
 | |
| 		variable to flush the UART at init time.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
 | |
| 		Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Console Interface:
 | |
| 		Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
 | |
| 		(like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
 | |
| 		console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
 | |
| 		port routines must be defined elsewhere
 | |
| 		(i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
 | |
| 		Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
 | |
| 		defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN	graphic memory organisation
 | |
| 						(default big endian)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL	graphic chip supports
 | |
| 						rectangle fill
 | |
| 						(cf. smiLynxEM)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_HW_BITBLT		graphic chip supports
 | |
| 						bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS	visible pixel columns
 | |
| 						(cols=pitch)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS	visible pixel rows
 | |
| 			VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE	bytes per pixel
 | |
| 			VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT	graphic data format
 | |
| 						(0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_FB_ADRS		framebuffer address
 | |
| 			VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT	keyboard int fct
 | |
| 						(i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
 | |
| 			VIDEO_TSTC_FCT		test char fct
 | |
| 						(i.e. i8042_tstc)
 | |
| 			VIDEO_GETC_FCT		get char fct
 | |
| 						(i.e. i8042_getc)
 | |
| 			CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR	cursor drawing on/off
 | |
| 						(requires blink timer
 | |
| 						cf. i8042.c)
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
 | |
| 			CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME	display time/date info in
 | |
| 						upper right corner
 | |
| 						(requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO	display Linux logo in
 | |
| 						upper left corner
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO	use bmp_logo.h instead of
 | |
| 						linux_logo.h for logo.
 | |
| 						Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
 | |
| 			CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
 | |
| 						additional board info beside
 | |
| 						the logo
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
 | |
| 		a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
 | |
| 		erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
 | |
| 		default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
 | |
| 		environment 'console=serial'.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
 | |
| 		messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
 | |
| 		the "silent" environment variable. See
 | |
| 		doc/README.silent for more information.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
 | |
| 			is 0x00.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
 | |
| 			is 0xa0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Console Baudrate:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
 | |
| 		Select one of the baudrates listed in
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Console Rx buffer length
 | |
| 		With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
 | |
| 		the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
 | |
| 		This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
 | |
| 		If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
 | |
| 		must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
 | |
| 		the SMC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Pre-Console Buffer:
 | |
| 		Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
 | |
| 		initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
 | |
| 		Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
 | |
| 		buffer any console messages prior to the console being
 | |
| 		initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
 | |
| 		bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
 | |
| 		a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
 | |
| 		bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
 | |
| 		earlier bytes are discarded.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Safe printf() functions
 | |
| 		Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
 | |
| 		the printf() functions. These are defined in
 | |
| 		include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
 | |
| 		so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
 | |
| 		If this option is not given then these functions will
 | |
| 		silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
 | |
| 		you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Boot Delay:	CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
 | |
| 		Delay before automatically booting the default image;
 | |
| 		set to -1 to disable autoboot.
 | |
| 		set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
 | |
| 		(even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
 | |
| 		work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Autoboot Command:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
 | |
| 		Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
 | |
| 		define a command string that is automatically executed
 | |
| 		when no character is read on the console interface
 | |
| 		within "Boot Delay" after reset.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTARGS
 | |
| 		This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
 | |
| 		command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
 | |
| 		environment value "bootargs".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
 | |
| 		The value of these goes into the environment as
 | |
| 		"ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
 | |
| 		as a convenience, when switching between booting from
 | |
| 		RAM and NFS.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Bootcount:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
 | |
| 		Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
 | |
| 		cycle, see:
 | |
| 		http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
 | |
| 		If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
 | |
| 		"bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
 | |
| 		saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
 | |
| 		"upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
 | |
| 		0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
 | |
| 		1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
 | |
| 		So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
 | |
| 		and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Pre-Boot Commands:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PREBOOT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When this option is #defined, the existence of the
 | |
| 		environment variable "preboot" will be checked
 | |
| 		immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
 | |
| 		countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
 | |
| 		entering interactive mode.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
 | |
| 		automatically generated or modified. For an example
 | |
| 		see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
 | |
| 		modified when the user holds down a certain
 | |
| 		combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
 | |
| 		booting the systems
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Serial Download Echo Mode:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
 | |
| 		If defined to 1, all characters received during a
 | |
| 		serial download (using the "loads" command) are
 | |
| 		echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
 | |
| 		emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
 | |
| 		time on others. This setting #define's the initial
 | |
| 		value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
 | |
| 		Select one of the baudrates listed in
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Monitor Functions:
 | |
| 		Monitor commands can be included or excluded
 | |
| 		from the build by using the #include files
 | |
| 		<config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
 | |
| 		commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
 | |
| 		and augmenting with additional #define's
 | |
| 		for wanted commands.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The default command configuration includes all commands
 | |
| 		except those marked below with a "*".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_AES		  AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV	* ask for env variable
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BDI		  bdinfo
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG	* Include BedBug Debugger
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BMP		* BMP support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BSP		* Board specific commands
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD	  bootd
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI	* ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_CACHE	* icache, dcache
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_CLK   	* clock command support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE	  coninfo
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_CRC32	* crc32
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DATE		* support for RTC, date/time...
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DHCP		* DHCP support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DIAG		* Diagnostics
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510	* ds4510 I2C gpio commands
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO	* ds4510 I2C info command
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM	* ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST	* ds4510 I2C rst command
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DTT		* Digital Therm and Thermostat
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ECHO		  echo arguments
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV	  edit env variable
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM	* EEPROM read/write support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ELF		* bootelf, bootvx
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK	* display details about env callbacks
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS	* display details about env flags
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS	* check existence of env variable
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV	* export the environment
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_EXT2		* ext2 command support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_EXT4		* ext4 command support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC	* filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
 | |
| 					  that work for multiple fs types
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID	* Look up a filesystem UUID
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV	  saveenv
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FDC		* Floppy Disk Support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FAT		* FAT command support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FLASH	  flinfo, erase, protect
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FPGA		  FPGA device initialization support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FUSE		* Device fuse support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME	* Get time since boot
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_GO		* the 'go' command (exec code)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV	* search environment
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_HASH		* calculate hash / digest
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW	* RTS/CTS hw flow control
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_I2C		* I2C serial bus support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IDE		* IDE harddisk support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IMI		  iminfo
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IMLS		  List all images found in NOR flash
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND	* List all images found in NAND flash
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP	* IMMR dump support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE	* I/O tracing for debugging
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV	* import an environment
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_INI		* import data from an ini file into the env
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_IRQ		* irqinfo
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ITEST	  Integer/string test of 2 values
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2	* JFFS2 Support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_KGDB		* kgdb
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO	* ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL	* link-local IP address auto-configuration
 | |
| 					  (169.254.*.*)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_LOADB	  loadb
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_LOADS	  loads
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM	* print md5 message digest
 | |
| 					  (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO	* Display detailed memory information
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY	  md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
 | |
| 					  loop, loopw
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST	* mtest
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MISC		  Misc functions like sleep etc
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MMC		* MMC memory mapped support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MII		* MII utility commands
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS	* MTD partition support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_NAND		* NAND support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_NET		  bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_NFS		  NFS support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X	* PCA953x I2C gpio commands
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_PCI		* pciinfo
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA		* PCMCIA support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_PING		* send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
 | |
| 					  host
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO	* Port I/O
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_READ		* Read raw data from partition
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO	* Register dump
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_RUN		  run command in env variable
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX	* sb command to access sandbox features
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SAVES	* save S record dump
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SCSI		* SCSI Support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM	* print SDRAM configuration information
 | |
| 					  (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR	  Support for DCR Register access
 | |
| 					  (4xx only)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SF		* Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM	* print sha1 memory digest
 | |
| 					  (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH	* Soft switch setting command for BF60x
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE	  "source" command Support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SPI		* SPI serial bus support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV	* TFTP transfer in server mode
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT	* TFTP put command (upload)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_TIME		* run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_TIMER	* access to the system tick timer
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_USB		* USB support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_CDP		* Cisco Discover Protocol support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_MFSL		* Microblaze FSL support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_XIMG		  Load part of Multi Image
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_UUID		* Generate random UUID or GUID string
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
 | |
| 		support you can write:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		#include "config_cmd_all.h"
 | |
| 		#undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Other Commands:
 | |
| 		fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Note:	Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
 | |
| 		(configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
 | |
| 		what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
 | |
| 		cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
 | |
| 		8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
 | |
| 		uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
 | |
| 		systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
 | |
| 		initial stack and some data.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		XXX - this list needs to get updated!
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Regular expression support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_REGEX
 | |
| 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
 | |
| 		the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
 | |
| 		which adds regex support to some commands, as for
 | |
| 		example "env grep" and "setexpr".
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Device tree:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
 | |
| 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
 | |
| 		to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
 | |
| 		compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
 | |
| 		experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
 | |
| 		tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
 | |
| 		be done using one of the two options below:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_EMBED
 | |
| 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
 | |
| 		binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
 | |
| 		board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
 | |
| 		is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
 | |
| 		the global data structure as gd->blob.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
 | |
| 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
 | |
| 		binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
 | |
| 		code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
 | |
| 		u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
 | |
| 		still use the individual files if you need something more
 | |
| 		exotic.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Watchdog:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_WATCHDOG
 | |
| 		If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
 | |
| 		support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
 | |
| 		specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
 | |
| 		CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
 | |
| 		register.  When supported for a specific SoC is
 | |
| 		available, then no further board specific code should
 | |
| 		be needed to use it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
 | |
| 		When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
 | |
| 		SoC, then define this variable and provide board
 | |
| 		specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
 | |
| 		specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - U-Boot Version:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
 | |
| 		If this variable is defined, an environment variable
 | |
| 		named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
 | |
| 		version as printed by the "version" command.
 | |
| 		Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
 | |
| 		next reset.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Real-Time Clock:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
 | |
| 		has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
 | |
| 		following options:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx	- use internal RTC of MPC8xx
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563	- use Philips PCF8563 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX	- use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_MC146818	- use MC146818 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1307	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1337	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1338	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1339	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_DS164x	- use Dallas DS164x RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208	- use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900	- use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC	- Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR	- enable trickle charger on
 | |
| 					  RV3029 RTC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
 | |
| 		must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - GPIO Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PCA953X		- use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
 | |
| 		chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
 | |
| 		pins supported by a particular chip.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
 | |
| 		must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - I/O tracing:
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
 | |
| 		accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
 | |
| 		to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
 | |
| 		useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
 | |
| 		the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
 | |
| 		change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
 | |
| 		add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
 | |
| 		to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
 | |
| 		Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
 | |
| 		still continue to operate.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			iotrace is enabled
 | |
| 			Start:  10000000	(buffer start address)
 | |
| 			Size:   00010000	(buffer size)
 | |
| 			Offset: 00000120	(current buffer offset)
 | |
| 			Output: 10000120	(start + offset)
 | |
| 			Count:  00000018	(number of trace records)
 | |
| 			CRC32:  9526fb66	(CRC32 of all trace records)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Timestamp Support:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
 | |
| 		(date and time) of an image is printed by image
 | |
| 		commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
 | |
| 		automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
 | |
| 		Zero or more of the following:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION   Apple's MacOS partition table.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION   MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
 | |
| 				       Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION   ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION   GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
 | |
| 				       bootloader.  Note 2TB partition limit; see
 | |
| 				       disk/part_efi.c
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS  Memory Technology Device partition table.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
 | |
| 		least one non-MTD partition type as well.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - IDE Reset method:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
 | |
| 		board configurations files but used nowhere!
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
 | |
| 		be performed by calling the function
 | |
| 			ide_set_reset(int reset)
 | |
| 		which has to be defined in a board specific file
 | |
| 
 | |
| - ATAPI Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ATAPI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Set this to enable ATAPI support.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - LBA48 Support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LBA48
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
 | |
| 		Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
 | |
| 		Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
 | |
| 		support disks up to 2.1TB.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
 | |
| 			When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
 | |
| 			Default is 32bit.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - SCSI Support:
 | |
| 		At the moment only there is only support for the
 | |
| 		SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
 | |
| 		maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
 | |
| 		devices.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
 | |
| 		SCSI devices found during the last scan.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - NETWORK Support (PCI):
 | |
| 		CONFIG_E1000
 | |
| 		Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_E1000_SPI
 | |
| 		Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
 | |
| 		This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
 | |
| 		of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
 | |
| 		Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
 | |
| 		example with the "sspi" command.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_E1000
 | |
| 		Management command for E1000 devices.  When used on devices
 | |
| 		with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
 | |
| 		default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_EEPRO100
 | |
| 		Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
 | |
| 		Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
 | |
| 		write routine for first time initialisation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TULIP
 | |
| 		Support for Digital 2114x chips.
 | |
| 		Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
 | |
| 		modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NATSEMI
 | |
| 		Support for National dp83815 chips.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NS8382X
 | |
| 		Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - NETWORK Support (other):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
 | |
| 		Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_RMII
 | |
| 			Define this to use reduced MII inteface
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
 | |
| 			If this defined, the driver is quiet.
 | |
| 			The driver doen't show link status messages.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
 | |
| 		Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LAN91C96
 | |
| 		Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
 | |
| 			Define this to hold the physical address
 | |
| 			of the LAN91C96's I/O space
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
 | |
| 			Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SMC91111
 | |
| 		Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
 | |
| 			Define this to hold the physical address
 | |
| 			of the device (I/O space)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
 | |
| 			Define this if data bus is 32 bits
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
 | |
| 			Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
 | |
| 			(some hardware wont work with macros)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
 | |
| 		Support for davinci emac
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
 | |
| 			Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FTGMAC100
 | |
| 		Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
 | |
| 			Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
 | |
| 			Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
 | |
| 			If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
 | |
| 			wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
 | |
| 			useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
 | |
| 			control registers. This behavior won't affect the
 | |
| 			correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SMC911X
 | |
| 		Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
 | |
| 			Define this to hold the physical address
 | |
| 			of the device (I/O space)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
 | |
| 			Define this if data bus is 32 bits
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
 | |
| 			Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
 | |
| 			automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
 | |
| 			words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SH_ETHER
 | |
| 		Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
 | |
| 			Define the number of ports to be used
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
 | |
| 			Define the ETH PHY's address
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
 | |
| 			If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - PWM Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PWM_IMX
 | |
| 		Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - TPM Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPM
 | |
| 		Support TPM devices.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
 | |
| 		Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
 | |
| 		per system is supported at this time.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
 | |
| 			Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
 | |
| 			Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
 | |
| 			Define the burst count bytes upper limit
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
 | |
| 		Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
 | |
| 		Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
 | |
| 		per system is supported at this time.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
 | |
| 			Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
 | |
| 			to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
 | |
| 			0xfed40000.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_TPM
 | |
| 		Add tpm monitor functions.
 | |
| 		Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
 | |
| 		provides monitor access to authorized functions.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPM
 | |
| 		Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
 | |
| 		functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
 | |
| 		Requires support for a TPM device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
 | |
| 		Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
 | |
| 		Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - USB Support:
 | |
| 		At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
 | |
| 		supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
 | |
| 		define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
 | |
| 		and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
 | |
| 		storage devices.
 | |
| 		Note:
 | |
| 		Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
 | |
| 		(TEAC FD-05PUB).
 | |
| 		MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
 | |
| 				for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
 | |
| 			CONFIG_PSC3_USB
 | |
| 				for USB on PSC3
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
 | |
| 				for differential drivers: 0x00001000
 | |
| 				for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
 | |
| 				for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
 | |
| 				for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
 | |
| 				May be defined to allow interrupt polling
 | |
| 				instead of using asynchronous interrupts
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
 | |
| 		txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
 | |
| 		HW module registers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - USB Device:
 | |
| 		Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
 | |
| 		Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
 | |
| 		command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
 | |
| 		attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
 | |
| 		it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
 | |
| 		can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
 | |
| 		appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
 | |
| 		Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
 | |
| 		If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
 | |
| 		a Linux host by
 | |
| 		# modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
 | |
| 		else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
 | |
| 		variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
 | |
| 		might be defined in YourBoardName.h
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
 | |
| 			Define this to build a UDC device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USB_TTY
 | |
| 			Define this to have a tty type of device available to
 | |
| 			talk to the UDC device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USBD_HS
 | |
| 			Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
 | |
| 			device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
 | |
| 			int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
 | |
| 			also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
 | |
| 			whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
 | |
| 			speed.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
 | |
| 			Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
 | |
| 			be set to usbtty.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			mpc8xx:
 | |
| 				CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
 | |
| 				Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
 | |
| 				- CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
 | |
| 
 | |
| 				CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
 | |
| 				Derive USB clock from brgclk
 | |
| 				- CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
 | |
| 		define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
 | |
| 		or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
 | |
| 		should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
 | |
| 			Define this string as the name of your company for
 | |
| 			- CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
 | |
| 			Define this string as the name of your product
 | |
| 			- CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
 | |
| 			Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
 | |
| 			Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
 | |
| 			to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
 | |
| 			- CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
 | |
| 			Define this as the unique Product ID
 | |
| 			for your device
 | |
| 			- CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
 | |
| 
 | |
| - ULPI Layer Support:
 | |
| 		The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
 | |
| 		the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
 | |
| 		via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
 | |
| 		the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
 | |
| 		viewport is supported.
 | |
| 		To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
 | |
| 		If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
 | |
| 		standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
 | |
| 		the appropriate value in Hz.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - MMC Support:
 | |
| 		The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
 | |
| 		enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
 | |
| 		accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
 | |
| 		to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
 | |
| 		enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
 | |
| 		the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
 | |
| 		Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
 | |
| 			Define the base address of MMCIF registers
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
 | |
| 			Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
 | |
| 		Enable the generic MMC driver
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
 | |
| 		Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
 | |
| 		Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
 | |
| 		key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
 | |
| 		This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_DFU
 | |
| 		This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
 | |
| 		U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB.  This command
 | |
| 		requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
 | |
| 		set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DFU_MMC
 | |
| 		This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DFU_NAND
 | |
| 		This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DFU_RAM
 | |
| 		This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
 | |
| 		Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
 | |
| 		allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
 | |
| 		one that would help mostly the developer.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
 | |
| 		Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
 | |
| 		raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
 | |
| 		configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
 | |
| 		through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
 | |
| 		When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
 | |
| 		we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
 | |
| 		the buffer once we've been given the whole file.  Define
 | |
| 		this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
 | |
| 		Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
 | |
| 		Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
 | |
| 		host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
 | |
| 		a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
 | |
| 		Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
 | |
| 		entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
 | |
| 		sending again an USB request to the device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - USB Device Android Fastboot support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
 | |
| 		This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
 | |
| 		fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
 | |
| 		protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
 | |
| 		used on Android devices.
 | |
| 		See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
 | |
| 		This enables support for booting images which use the Android
 | |
| 		image format header.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
 | |
| 		The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
 | |
| 		downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
 | |
| 		downloaded images.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
 | |
| 		The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
 | |
| 		downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
 | |
| 		platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
 | |
| 		The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
 | |
| 		the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
 | |
| 		this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
 | |
| 		The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
 | |
| 		regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
 | |
| 		the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
 | |
| 		The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
 | |
| 		image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
 | |
| 		Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
 | |
| 		to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
 | |
| 		This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
 | |
| 		"fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
 | |
| 		Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
 | |
| 		Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
 | |
| 		Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
 | |
| 		Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
 | |
| 		function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
 | |
| 		#define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART	1
 | |
| 		to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
 | |
| 		have not defined a custom partition
 | |
| 
 | |
| - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
 | |
| 		file in FAT formatted partition.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
 | |
| 		user to write files to FAT.
 | |
| 
 | |
| CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
 | |
| 		filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
 | |
| 		and cbfsload.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
 | |
| 		a default value of 65536 will be defined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Keyboard Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
 | |
| 		support
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_I8042_KBD
 | |
| 		Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
 | |
| 		GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
 | |
| 		Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
 | |
| 		for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
 | |
| 		Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
 | |
| 		This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
 | |
| 		which provides key scans on request.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Video support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_VIDEO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to enable video support (for output to
 | |
| 		video).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
 | |
| 		Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
 | |
| 		video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
 | |
| 		(1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
 | |
| 		assumed.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
 | |
| 		selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
 | |
| 		are possible:
 | |
| 		- "videomode=num"   'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
 | |
| 		Following standard modes are supported	(* is default):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		      Colors	640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
 | |
| 		-------------+---------------------------------------------
 | |
| 		      8 bits |	0x301*	0x303	 0x305	  0x161	    0x307
 | |
| 		     15 bits |	0x310	0x313	 0x316	  0x162	    0x319
 | |
| 		     16 bits |	0x311	0x314	 0x317	  0x163	    0x31A
 | |
| 		     24 bits |	0x312	0x315	 0x318	    ?	    0x31B
 | |
| 		-------------+---------------------------------------------
 | |
| 		(i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
 | |
| 		from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
 | |
| 		Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
 | |
| 		and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
 | |
| 		or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
 | |
| 		Enable the Freescale DIU video driver.	Reference boards for
 | |
| 		SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
 | |
| 		support, and should also define these other macros:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VIDEO
 | |
| 			CONFIG_CMD_BMP
 | |
| 			CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
 | |
| 			CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
 | |
| 		variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
 | |
| 		boot.  See the documentation file README.video for a
 | |
| 		description of this variable.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
 | |
| 		are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
 | |
| 		driver.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Keyboard Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_KEYBOARD
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
 | |
| 		This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
 | |
| 		defined in your board-specific files.
 | |
| 		The only board using this so far is RBC823.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - LCD Support:	CONFIG_LCD
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
 | |
| 		display); also select one of the supported displays
 | |
| 		by defining one of these:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
 | |
| 			Active, color, single scan.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
 | |
| 			Active, color, single scan.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
 | |
| 			It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
 | |
| 			Active, color, single scan.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HLD1045
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			HLD1045 display, 640x480.
 | |
| 			Active, color, single scan.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			Optrex	 CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
 | |
| 			or
 | |
| 			Hitachi	 LMG6912RPFC-00T
 | |
| 			or
 | |
| 			Hitachi	 SP14Q002
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			320x240. Black & white.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Normally display is black on white background; define
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
 | |
| 		defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
 | |
| 		For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
 | |
| 		here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
 | |
| 		a per-section basis.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
 | |
| 		lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
 | |
| 		the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
 | |
| 		is slow.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_I2C_EDID
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
 | |
| 		information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, the environment is checked for
 | |
| 		a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
 | |
| 		of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
 | |
| 		is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
 | |
| 		specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
 | |
| 		console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
 | |
| 		allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
 | |
| 		loaded very quickly after power-on.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
 | |
| 		variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
 | |
| 		(see README.displaying-bmps).
 | |
| 		This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
 | |
| 		restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
 | |
| 		abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
 | |
| 		accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
 | |
| 		there is no need to set this option.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
 | |
| 		on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
 | |
| 		position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
 | |
| 		number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
 | |
| 		is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
 | |
| 		specify 'm' for centering the image.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Example:
 | |
| 		setenv splashpos m,m
 | |
| 			=> image at center of screen
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		setenv splashpos 30,20
 | |
| 			=> image at x = 30 and y = 20
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		setenv splashpos -10,m
 | |
| 			=> vertically centered image
 | |
| 			   at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
 | |
| 		images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
 | |
| 		splashscreen support or the bmp command.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
 | |
| 		can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
 | |
| 		bmp command.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Do compressing for memory range:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
 | |
| 		to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Compression support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_GZIP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BZIP2
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
 | |
| 		images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
 | |
| 		compressed images are supported.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
 | |
| 		the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
 | |
| 		be at least 4MB.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LZMA
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
 | |
| 		images is included.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
 | |
| 		requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
 | |
| 		formula:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			(1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
 | |
| 		and Literal pos bits.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
 | |
| 		for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
 | |
| 		total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
 | |
| 		a very small buffer.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
 | |
| 		then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
 | |
| 		the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_LZO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
 | |
| 		is included.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - MII/PHY support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The address of PHY on MII bus.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The clock frequency of the MII bus
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
 | |
| 		detection of gigabit PHY is included.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
 | |
| 		reset before any MII register access is possible.
 | |
| 		For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
 | |
| 		required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
 | |
| 		command issued before MII status register can be read
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Ethernet address:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ETHADDR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
 | |
| 		for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
 | |
| 		is not determined automatically.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - IP address:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_IPADDR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define a default value for the IP address to use for
 | |
| 		the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
 | |
| 		determined through e.g. bootp.
 | |
| 		(Environment variable "ipaddr")
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Server IP address:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SERVERIP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
 | |
| 		server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
 | |
| 		(Environment variable "serverip")
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
 | |
| 		for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Gateway IP address:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines a default value for the IP address of the
 | |
| 		default router where packets to other networks are
 | |
| 		sent to.
 | |
| 		(Environment variable "gatewayip")
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Subnet mask:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NETMASK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
 | |
| 		routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
 | |
| 		address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
 | |
| 		forwarded through a router.
 | |
| 		(Environment variable "netmask")
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Multicast TFTP Mode:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
 | |
| 		rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp.  Lets lots of targets
 | |
| 		tftp down the same boot image concurrently.  Note: the Ethernet
 | |
| 		driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
 | |
| 		multicast group.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you have many targets in a network that try to
 | |
| 		boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
 | |
| 		systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
 | |
| 		moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
 | |
| 		from a power failure, when all systems will try to
 | |
| 		boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
 | |
| 		inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
 | |
| 		following delays are inserted then:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		1st BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 1 sec
 | |
| 		2nd BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 2 sec
 | |
| 		3rd BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 4 sec
 | |
| 		4th and following
 | |
| 		BOOTP requests:		delay 0 ... 8 sec
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
 | |
| 		server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
 | |
| 		U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
 | |
| 		an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
 | |
| 		aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
 | |
| 		ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
 | |
| 		respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
 | |
| 		takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
 | |
| 		time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
 | |
| 		to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
 | |
| 		retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
 | |
| 		IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
 | |
| 		cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
 | |
| 		requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
 | |
| 		from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - DHCP Advanced Options:
 | |
| 		You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
 | |
| 		environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
 | |
| 		after the configured retry count, the call will fail
 | |
| 		instead of starting over.  This can be used to fail over
 | |
| 		to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
 | |
| 		is not available.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
 | |
| 		serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
 | |
| 		than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
 | |
| 		If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
 | |
| 		serverip will be stored in the additional environment
 | |
| 		variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
 | |
| 		stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
 | |
| 		is defined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
 | |
| 		to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
 | |
| 		need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
 | |
| 		If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
 | |
| 		of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
 | |
| 		option 12 to the DHCP server.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
 | |
| 		receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
 | |
| 		This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
 | |
| 		respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
 | |
| 		AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
 | |
| 		to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
 | |
| 		DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
 | |
| 		least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
 | |
| 		that one of the retries will be successful but note that
 | |
| 		the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
 | |
| 		this delay.
 | |
| 
 | |
|  - Link-local IP address negotiation:
 | |
| 		Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
 | |
| 		for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
 | |
| 		This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
 | |
| 		to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		See doc/README.link-local for more information.
 | |
| 
 | |
|  - CDP Options:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
 | |
| 		of the device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
 | |
| 		the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
 | |
| 		eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
 | |
| 		0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		An ascii string containing the version of the software.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
 | |
| 		device in .1 of milliwatts.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Status LED:	CONFIG_STATUS_LED
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Several configurations allow to display the current
 | |
| 		status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
 | |
| 		fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
 | |
| 		soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
 | |
| 		start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
 | |
| 		(supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
 | |
| 		kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
 | |
| 		feature in U-Boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Additional options:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_GPIO_LED
 | |
| 		The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
 | |
| 		In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
 | |
| 		status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
 | |
| 		to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
 | |
| 		Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
 | |
| 		case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
 | |
| 		GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
 | |
| 		In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
 | |
| 		with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CAN Support:	CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
 | |
| 		on those systems that support this (optional)
 | |
| 		feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - I2C Support:	CONFIG_SYS_I2C
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
 | |
| 		i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
 | |
| 		based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
 | |
| 		common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
 | |
| 		interface.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		ported i2c driver to the new framework:
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
 | |
| 		  - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
 | |
| 		    for defining speed and slave address
 | |
| 		  - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
 | |
| 		    for defining speed and slave address
 | |
| 		  - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
 | |
| 		    for defining speed and slave address
 | |
| 		  - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
 | |
| 		    for defining speed and slave address
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
 | |
| 		  - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
 | |
| 		    define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
 | |
| 		    offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
 | |
| 		    bus.
 | |
| 		  - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
 | |
| 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
 | |
| 		    second bus.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
 | |
| 		  - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
 | |
| 		    100000 and the slave addr 0!
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
 | |
| 		  - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
 | |
| 		  - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
 | |
| 		  - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
 | |
| 		  - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
 | |
| 		  - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
 | |
| 		  - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
 | |
| 		If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
 | |
| 		for speed, and 0 for slave.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
 | |
| 		  - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
 | |
| 		  - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
 | |
| 		  - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
 | |
| 		  - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
 | |
| 		  - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
 | |
| 		    9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
 | |
| 		    with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
 | |
| 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
 | |
| 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		additional defines:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
 | |
| 		Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
 | |
| 		don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
 | |
| 		is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
 | |
| 		omit this define.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
 | |
| 		define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
 | |
| 		if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
 | |
| 		omit this define.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
 | |
| 		define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
 | |
| 		on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
 | |
| 		define.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
 | |
| 		hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
 | |
| 		a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES	{{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
 | |
| 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
 | |
| 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
 | |
| 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
 | |
| 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
 | |
| 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
 | |
| 					{1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
 | |
| 					{1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
 | |
| 					{1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
 | |
| 					}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		which defines
 | |
| 			bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
 | |
| 			bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
 | |
| 			bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
 | |
| 			bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
 | |
| 			bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
 | |
| 			bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
 | |
| 			bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
 | |
| 			bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
 | |
| 			bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Legacy I2C Support:	CONFIG_HARD_I2C
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
 | |
| 		provides the following compelling advantages:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- more than one i2c adapter is usable
 | |
| 		- approved multibus support
 | |
| 		- better i2c mux support
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
 | |
| 		for the selected CPU.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
 | |
| 		command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
 | |
| 		CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
 | |
| 		clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
 | |
| 		command line interface.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		There are several other quantities that must also be
 | |
| 		defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
 | |
| 		to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
 | |
| 		to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
 | |
| 		the CPU's i2c node address).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
 | |
| 		(arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
 | |
| 		and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
 | |
| 		eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
 | |
| 		chips might think that the current transfer is still
 | |
| 		in progress.  Reset the slave devices by sending start
 | |
| 		commands until the slave device responds.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
 | |
| 		then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
 | |
| 		from include/configs/lwmon.h):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_INIT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		(Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
 | |
| 		controller or configure ports.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |=	PB_SCL)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_PORT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		(Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
 | |
| 		assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
 | |
| 		are 0..3 for ports A..D.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_ACTIVE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
 | |
| 		(driven).  If the data line is open collector, this
 | |
| 		define can be null.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |=  PB_SDA)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_TRISTATE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
 | |
| 		(inactive).  If the data line is open collector, this
 | |
| 		define can be null.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_READ
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
 | |
| 		false if it is low.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_SDA(bit)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
 | |
| 		is false, it clears it (low).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
 | |
| 			if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |=  PB_SDA; \
 | |
| 			else	immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_SCL(bit)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
 | |
| 		is false, it clears it (low).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
 | |
| 			if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |=  PB_SCL; \
 | |
| 			else	immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		I2C_DELAY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
 | |
| 		controls the rate of data transfer.  The data rate thus
 | |
| 		is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
 | |
| 		like:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		#define I2C_DELAY  udelay(2)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
 | |
| 		then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
 | |
| 		used as SCL / SDA.  Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
 | |
| 		have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
 | |
| 		the generic GPIO functions.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
 | |
| 		chips might think that the current transfer is still
 | |
| 		in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
 | |
| 		the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
 | |
| 		processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
 | |
| 		connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
 | |
| 		custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
 | |
| 		is run early in the boot sequence.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
 | |
| 		defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
 | |
| 		boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
 | |
| 		is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
 | |
| 		using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
 | |
| 		controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
 | |
| 		i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
 | |
| 		controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
 | |
| 		in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
 | |
| 		variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
 | |
| 		must have a controller.	 At any point in time, only one bus is
 | |
| 		active.	 To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
 | |
| 		Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
 | |
| 		when the 'i2c probe' command is issued.	 If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 | |
| 		is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs.  Otherwise, specify
 | |
| 		a 1D array of device addresses
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		e.g.
 | |
| 			#undef	CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 | |
| 			#define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			#define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 | |
| 			#define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES	{{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
 | |
| 		If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
 | |
| 		If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
 | |
| 		If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
 | |
| 		If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
 | |
| 		specified DTT device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
 | |
| 		the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
 | |
| 		between writing the address pointer and reading the
 | |
| 		data.  If this define is omitted the default behaviour
 | |
| 		of doing a stop-start sequence will be used.  Most I2C
 | |
| 		devices can use either method, but some require one or
 | |
| 		the other.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - SPI Support:	CONFIG_SPI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
 | |
| 		SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
 | |
| 		D/As on the SACSng board)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SH_SPI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
 | |
| 		only SH7757 is supported.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPI_X
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
 | |
| 		(symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
 | |
| 		using hardware support. This is a general purpose
 | |
| 		driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
 | |
| 		(two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
 | |
| 		defined, the board configuration must define several
 | |
| 		SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
 | |
| 		an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HARD_SPI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
 | |
| 		and writes.  As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
 | |
| 		must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
 | |
| 		Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors.	 For an
 | |
| 		example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MXC_SPI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
 | |
| 		SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
 | |
| 		Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
 | |
| 		default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100)     /* 10 ms */
 | |
| 
 | |
| - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables FPGA subsystem.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables support for specific chip vendors.
 | |
| 		(ALTERA, XILINX)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables support for FPGA family.
 | |
| 		(SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable support for fpga loadmk command
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
 | |
| 		(Xilinx only)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
 | |
| 		status by the configuration function. This option
 | |
| 		will require a board or device specific function to
 | |
| 		be written.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
 | |
| 		configuration driver.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
 | |
| 		Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
 | |
| 		loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
 | |
| 		configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
 | |
| 		indicated a CRC error).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
 | |
| 		after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
 | |
| 		FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
 | |
| 		ms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
 | |
| 		Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
 | |
| 		200 ms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Configuration Management:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
 | |
| 		with a special header) as build targets. By defining
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
 | |
| 		special image will be automatically built upon calling
 | |
| 		make / MAKEALL.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
 | |
| 		version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Vendor Parameter Protection:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		U-Boot considers the values of the environment
 | |
| 		variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
 | |
| 		"ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
 | |
| 		are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
 | |
| 		protects these variables from casual modification by
 | |
| 		the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
 | |
| 		and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
 | |
| 		change this behaviour:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
 | |
| 		file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
 | |
| 		completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
 | |
| 		these parameters.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
 | |
| 		_and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
 | |
| 		Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
 | |
| 		which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
 | |
| 		serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
 | |
| 		read-only.]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
 | |
| 		for any variable by configuring the type of access
 | |
| 		to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
 | |
| 		or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Protected RAM:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PRAM
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this variable to enable the reservation of
 | |
| 		"protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
 | |
| 		by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
 | |
| 		kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
 | |
| 		this default value by defining an environment
 | |
| 		variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
 | |
| 		reserve. Note that the board info structure will
 | |
| 		still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
 | |
| 		reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
 | |
| 		automatically be defined to hold the amount of
 | |
| 		remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
 | |
| 		argument to Linux, for instance like that:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
 | |
| 			saveenv
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
 | |
| 		either, which results in a memory region that will
 | |
| 		not be affected by reboots.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		*WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
 | |
| 		detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
 | |
| 		this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
 | |
| 		following board configurations are known to be
 | |
| 		"pRAM-clean":
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
 | |
| 			HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
 | |
| 			FLAGADM, TQM8260
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
 | |
| 		Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
 | |
| 		normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
 | |
| 		support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
 | |
| 		machines using physical address extension or similar.
 | |
| 		Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
 | |
| 		currently only supports clearing the memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Error Recovery:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
 | |
| 		fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
 | |
| 		This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
 | |
| 		system where you want the system to reboot
 | |
| 		automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
 | |
| 		useful during development since you can try to debug
 | |
| 		the conditions that lead to the situation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This variable defines the number of retries for
 | |
| 		network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
 | |
| 		before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
 | |
| 		default value of 5 is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
 | |
| 		If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
 | |
| 		try longer timeout such as
 | |
| 		#define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Command Interpreter:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
 | |
| 		printed when the command interpreter needs more input
 | |
| 		to complete a command. Usually "> ".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Note:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		In the current implementation, the local variables
 | |
| 		space and global environment variables space are
 | |
| 		separated. Local variables are those you define by
 | |
| 		simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
 | |
| 		variable later on, you have write `$name' or
 | |
| 		`${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
 | |
| 		directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Global environment variables are those you use
 | |
| 		setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
 | |
| 		in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
 | |
| 		and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		To store commands and special characters in a
 | |
| 		variable, please use double quotation marks
 | |
| 		surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
 | |
| 		of the backslashes before semicolons and special
 | |
| 		symbols.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Command Line Editing and History:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable editing and History functions for interactive
 | |
| 		command line input operations
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Default Environment:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this to contain any number of null terminated
 | |
| 		strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
 | |
| 		the default environment compiled into the boot image.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		For example, place something like this in your
 | |
| 		board's config file:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
 | |
| 			"myvar1=value1\0" \
 | |
| 			"myvar2=value2\0"
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
 | |
| 		internal format how the environment is stored by the
 | |
| 		U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
 | |
| 		interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
 | |
| 		will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
 | |
| 		You better know what you are doing here.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
 | |
| 		discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
 | |
| 		the environment like the "source" command or the
 | |
| 		boot command first.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this in order to add variables describing the
 | |
| 		U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
 | |
| 		These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		- CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
 | |
| 		- CONFIG_SYS_CPU
 | |
| 		- CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
 | |
| 		- CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
 | |
| 		- CONFIG_SYS_SOC
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this in order to add variables describing certain
 | |
| 		run-time determined information about the hardware to the
 | |
| 		environment.  These will be named board_name, board_rev.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
 | |
| 		initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
 | |
| 		that so that the environment is not available until
 | |
| 		explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
 | |
| 		this is instead controlled by the value of
 | |
| 		/config/load-environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - DataFlash Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
 | |
| 		allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
 | |
| 		commands cp, md...
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Serial Flash support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SF
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
 | |
| 		'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
 | |
| 		flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
 | |
| 		commands.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The following defaults may be provided by the platform
 | |
| 		to handle the common case when only a single serial
 | |
| 		flash is present on the system.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS		Bus identifier
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS		Chip-select
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE 		(see include/spi.h)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED		in Hz
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
 | |
| 		test ('sf test').
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR		Ban/Extended Addr Reg
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
 | |
| 		support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH		Dual flash memories
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
 | |
| 		memories can be connected with a given cs line.
 | |
| 		Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
 | |
| 		enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
 | |
| 		register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
 | |
| 		The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
 | |
| 		the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
 | |
| 		device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
 | |
| 		and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
 | |
| 		nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
 | |
| 		operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
 | |
| 		hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - SystemACE Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
 | |
| 		chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
 | |
| 		of the chip must also be defined in the
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		#define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
 | |
| 		#define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
 | |
| 		becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
 | |
| 		is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
 | |
| 		If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
 | |
| 		number generator is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
 | |
| 		the TFTP UDP destination port value.  If tftpdstp isn't
 | |
| 		defined, the normal port 69 is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
 | |
| 		blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
 | |
| 		target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
 | |
| 		"punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
 | |
| 		the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
 | |
| 		A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
 | |
| 		but sometimes that is not allowed.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Hashing support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_HASH
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
 | |
| 		hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
 | |
| 		size a little.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
 | |
| 		algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
 | |
| 		SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
 | |
| 		for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
 | |
| 		This affects the 'hash' command and also the
 | |
| 		hash_lookup_algo() function.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
 | |
| 		hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
 | |
| 		Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
 | |
| 		is performed in hardware.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
 | |
| 		be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
 | |
| 		This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
 | |
| 		HDMI monitor is detected.  This command is i.MX 6 specific.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
 | |
| 		This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
 | |
| 		a boot from specific media.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
 | |
| 		activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
 | |
| 		on U-Boot.  Using the reset button or running bmode normal
 | |
| 		will set it back to normal.  This command currently
 | |
| 		supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Signing support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_RSA
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
 | |
| 		in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
 | |
| 		driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
 | |
| 		library to function.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
 | |
| 		option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
 | |
| 		mkimage irrespective of this option.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - bootcount support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This enables the bootcounter support, see:
 | |
| 		http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
 | |
| 		enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BLACKFIN
 | |
| 		enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
 | |
| 		enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
 | |
| 		enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
 | |
| 		enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
 | |
| 			CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
 | |
| 						    the bootcounter.
 | |
| 			CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Show boot progress:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Defining this option allows to add some board-
 | |
| 		specific code (calling a user-provided function
 | |
| 		"show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
 | |
| 		the system's boot progress on some display (for
 | |
| 		example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
 | |
| 		the following checkpoints are implemented:
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Detailed boot stage timing
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
 | |
| 		Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
 | |
| 		of the boot process.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
 | |
| 		This is the number of available user bootstage records.
 | |
| 		Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
 | |
| 		a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
 | |
| 		the limit, recording will stop.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
 | |
| 		Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Timer summary in microseconds:
 | |
| 		       Mark    Elapsed  Stage
 | |
| 			  0          0  reset
 | |
| 		  3,575,678  3,575,678  board_init_f start
 | |
| 		  3,575,695         17  arch_cpu_init A9
 | |
| 		  3,575,777         82  arch_cpu_init done
 | |
| 		  3,659,598     83,821  board_init_r start
 | |
| 		  3,910,375    250,777  main_loop
 | |
| 		 29,916,167 26,005,792  bootm_start
 | |
| 		 30,361,327    445,160  start_kernel
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
 | |
| 		Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
 | |
| 		and un/stashing of bootstage data.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
 | |
| 		Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
 | |
| 		node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
 | |
| 		has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
 | |
| 		mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
 | |
| 		accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
 | |
| 		For example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		bootstage {
 | |
| 			154 {
 | |
| 				name = "board_init_f";
 | |
| 				mark = <3575678>;
 | |
| 			};
 | |
| 			170 {
 | |
| 				name = "lcd";
 | |
| 				accum = <33482>;
 | |
| 			};
 | |
| 		};
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Legacy uImage format:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Arg	Where			When
 | |
|     1	common/cmd_bootm.c	before attempting to boot an image
 | |
|    -1	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has bad	 magic number
 | |
|     2	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has correct magic number
 | |
|    -2	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has bad	 checksum
 | |
|     3	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has correct checksum
 | |
|    -3	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image data   has bad	 checksum
 | |
|     4	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image data   has correct checksum
 | |
|    -4	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image is for unsupported architecture
 | |
|     5	common/cmd_bootm.c	Architecture check OK
 | |
|    -5	common/cmd_bootm.c	Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
 | |
|     6	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image Type check OK
 | |
|    -6	common/cmd_bootm.c	gunzip uncompression error
 | |
|    -7	common/cmd_bootm.c	Unimplemented compression type
 | |
|     7	common/cmd_bootm.c	Uncompression OK
 | |
|     8	common/cmd_bootm.c	No uncompress/copy overwrite error
 | |
|    -9	common/cmd_bootm.c	Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
 | |
| 
 | |
|     9	common/image.c		Start initial ramdisk verification
 | |
|   -10	common/image.c		Ramdisk header has bad	   magic number
 | |
|   -11	common/image.c		Ramdisk header has bad	   checksum
 | |
|    10	common/image.c		Ramdisk header is OK
 | |
|   -12	common/image.c		Ramdisk data   has bad	   checksum
 | |
|    11	common/image.c		Ramdisk data   has correct checksum
 | |
|    12	common/image.c		Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
 | |
|   -13	common/image.c		Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
 | |
|    13	common/image.c		Start multifile image verification
 | |
|    14	common/image.c		No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
 | |
| 
 | |
|    15	arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
 | |
| 
 | |
|   -30	arch/powerpc/lib/board.c	Fatal error, hang the system
 | |
|   -31	post/post.c		POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
 | |
|   -32	post/post.c		POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
 | |
| 
 | |
|    34	common/cmd_doc.c	before loading a Image from a DOC device
 | |
|   -35	common/cmd_doc.c	Bad usage of "doc" command
 | |
|    35	common/cmd_doc.c	correct usage of "doc" command
 | |
|   -36	common/cmd_doc.c	No boot device
 | |
|    36	common/cmd_doc.c	correct boot device
 | |
|   -37	common/cmd_doc.c	Unknown Chip ID on boot device
 | |
|    37	common/cmd_doc.c	correct chip ID found, device available
 | |
|   -38	common/cmd_doc.c	Read Error on boot device
 | |
|    38	common/cmd_doc.c	reading Image header from DOC device OK
 | |
|   -39	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has bad magic number
 | |
|    39	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has correct magic number
 | |
|   -40	common/cmd_doc.c	Error reading Image from DOC device
 | |
|    40	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has correct magic number
 | |
|    41	common/cmd_ide.c	before loading a Image from a IDE device
 | |
|   -42	common/cmd_ide.c	Bad usage of "ide" command
 | |
|    42	common/cmd_ide.c	correct usage of "ide" command
 | |
|   -43	common/cmd_ide.c	No boot device
 | |
|    43	common/cmd_ide.c	boot device found
 | |
|   -44	common/cmd_ide.c	Device not available
 | |
|    44	common/cmd_ide.c	Device available
 | |
|   -45	common/cmd_ide.c	wrong partition selected
 | |
|    45	common/cmd_ide.c	partition selected
 | |
|   -46	common/cmd_ide.c	Unknown partition table
 | |
|    46	common/cmd_ide.c	valid partition table found
 | |
|   -47	common/cmd_ide.c	Invalid partition type
 | |
|    47	common/cmd_ide.c	correct partition type
 | |
|   -48	common/cmd_ide.c	Error reading Image Header on boot device
 | |
|    48	common/cmd_ide.c	reading Image Header from IDE device OK
 | |
|   -49	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has bad magic number
 | |
|    49	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has correct magic number
 | |
|   -50	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has bad	 checksum
 | |
|    50	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has correct checksum
 | |
|   -51	common/cmd_ide.c	Error reading Image from IDE device
 | |
|    51	common/cmd_ide.c	reading Image from IDE device OK
 | |
|    52	common/cmd_nand.c	before loading a Image from a NAND device
 | |
|   -53	common/cmd_nand.c	Bad usage of "nand" command
 | |
|    53	common/cmd_nand.c	correct usage of "nand" command
 | |
|   -54	common/cmd_nand.c	No boot device
 | |
|    54	common/cmd_nand.c	boot device found
 | |
|   -55	common/cmd_nand.c	Unknown Chip ID on boot device
 | |
|    55	common/cmd_nand.c	correct chip ID found, device available
 | |
|   -56	common/cmd_nand.c	Error reading Image Header on boot device
 | |
|    56	common/cmd_nand.c	reading Image Header from NAND device OK
 | |
|   -57	common/cmd_nand.c	Image header has bad magic number
 | |
|    57	common/cmd_nand.c	Image header has correct magic number
 | |
|   -58	common/cmd_nand.c	Error reading Image from NAND device
 | |
|    58	common/cmd_nand.c	reading Image from NAND device OK
 | |
| 
 | |
|   -60	common/env_common.c	Environment has a bad CRC, using default
 | |
| 
 | |
|    64	net/eth.c		starting with Ethernet configuration.
 | |
|   -64	net/eth.c		no Ethernet found.
 | |
|    65	net/eth.c		Ethernet found.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   -80	common/cmd_net.c	usage wrong
 | |
|    80	common/cmd_net.c	before calling NetLoop()
 | |
|   -81	common/cmd_net.c	some error in NetLoop() occurred
 | |
|    81	common/cmd_net.c	NetLoop() back without error
 | |
|   -82	common/cmd_net.c	size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
 | |
|    82	common/cmd_net.c	trying automatic boot
 | |
|    83	common/cmd_net.c	running "source" command
 | |
|   -83	common/cmd_net.c	some error in automatic boot or "source" command
 | |
|    84	common/cmd_net.c	end without errors
 | |
| 
 | |
| FIT uImage format:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   Arg	Where			When
 | |
|   100	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel FIT Image has correct format
 | |
|  -100	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
 | |
|   101	common/cmd_bootm.c	No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
 | |
|  -101	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
 | |
|   102	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel unit name specified
 | |
|  -103	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage node offset
 | |
|   103	common/cmd_bootm.c	Found configuration node
 | |
|   104	common/cmd_bootm.c	Got kernel subimage node offset
 | |
|  -104	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage hash verification failed
 | |
|   105	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage hash verification OK
 | |
|  -105	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
 | |
|   106	common/cmd_bootm.c	Architecture check OK
 | |
|  -106	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage has wrong type
 | |
|   107	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage type OK
 | |
|  -107	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage data/size
 | |
|   108	common/cmd_bootm.c	Got kernel subimage data/size
 | |
|  -108	common/cmd_bootm.c	Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
 | |
|  -109	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage type
 | |
|  -110	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage comp
 | |
|  -111	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage os
 | |
|  -112	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage load address
 | |
|  -113	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
 | |
| 
 | |
|   120	common/image.c		Start initial ramdisk verification
 | |
|  -120	common/image.c		Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
 | |
|   121	common/image.c		Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
 | |
|   122	common/image.c		No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
 | |
|  -122	common/image.c		Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
 | |
|   123	common/image.c		Ramdisk unit name specified
 | |
|  -124	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
 | |
|   125	common/image.c		Got ramdisk subimage node offset
 | |
|  -125	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
 | |
|   126	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
 | |
|  -126	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
 | |
|   127	common/image.c		Architecture check OK
 | |
|  -127	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
 | |
|   128	common/image.c		Got ramdisk subimage data/size
 | |
|   129	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk load address
 | |
|  -129	common/image.c		Got ramdisk load address
 | |
| 
 | |
|  -130	common/cmd_doc.c	Incorrect FIT image format
 | |
|   131	common/cmd_doc.c	FIT image format OK
 | |
| 
 | |
|  -140	common/cmd_ide.c	Incorrect FIT image format
 | |
|   141	common/cmd_ide.c	FIT image format OK
 | |
| 
 | |
|  -150	common/cmd_nand.c	Incorrect FIT image format
 | |
|   151	common/cmd_nand.c	FIT image format OK
 | |
| 
 | |
| - legacy image format:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
 | |
| 		enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Default:
 | |
| 		enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
 | |
| 		disable the legacy image format
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
 | |
| 		enabled per default for backward compatibility.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - FIT image support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FIT
 | |
| 		Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
 | |
| 		When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
 | |
| 		one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
 | |
| 		U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
 | |
| 		most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
 | |
| 		The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
 | |
| 		This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
 | |
| 		using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
 | |
| 		hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
 | |
| 		See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
 | |
| 		signature check the legacy image format is default
 | |
| 		disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
 | |
| 		enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
 | |
| 		Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
 | |
| 		For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
 | |
| 		with this option.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Standalone program support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This option defines a board specific value for the
 | |
| 		address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
 | |
| 		overwriting the architecture dependent default
 | |
| 		settings.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Frame Buffer Address:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FB_ADDR
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
 | |
| 		address for frame buffer.  This is typically the case
 | |
| 		when using a graphics controller has separate video
 | |
| 		memory.  U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
 | |
| 		the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
 | |
| 		in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
 | |
| 		the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
 | |
| 		configured panel size.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Please see board_init_f function.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
 | |
| 		CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
 | |
| 		CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
 | |
| 		CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
 | |
| 		for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
 | |
| 		Needed for mtdparts command support.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
 | |
| 		kernel. Needed for UBI support.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
 | |
| 		verify if the written data is correct reread.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - UBI support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_UBI
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
 | |
| 		with the UBI flash translation layer
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing.  This leaves
 | |
| 		warnings and errors enabled.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
 | |
| 		This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
 | |
| 		erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
 | |
| 		of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
 | |
| 		wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
 | |
| 		counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
 | |
| 		other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
 | |
| 		However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
 | |
| 		life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
 | |
| 		to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		default: 4096
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
 | |
| 		This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
 | |
| 		expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
 | |
| 		underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
 | |
| 		flash), this value is ignored.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
 | |
| 		(Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
 | |
| 		The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
 | |
| 		then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
 | |
| 		which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
 | |
| 		count of eraseblocks on the chip).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
 | |
| 		reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
 | |
| 		handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
 | |
| 		NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
 | |
| 		that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
 | |
| 		eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
 | |
| 		size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
 | |
| 		partition.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		default: 20
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
 | |
| 		Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
 | |
| 		in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
 | |
| 		only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
 | |
| 		The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
 | |
| 		the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
 | |
| 		attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
 | |
| 		a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
 | |
| 		that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
 | |
| 		without	fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
 | |
| 		fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
 | |
| 		Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
 | |
| 		without a fastmap.
 | |
| 		default: 0
 | |
| 
 | |
| - UBIFS support
 | |
| 		CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
 | |
| 		UBIFS.  UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing.  This leaves
 | |
| 		warnings and errors enabled.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - SPL framework
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL
 | |
| 		Enable building of SPL globally.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
 | |
| 		LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
 | |
| 		Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
 | |
| 		When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
 | |
| 		used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
 | |
| 		must not be both defined at the same time.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
 | |
| 		Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
 | |
| 		linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
 | |
| 		When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
 | |
| 		not exceed it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
 | |
| 		TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
 | |
| 		Address to relocate to.  If unspecified, this is equal to
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
 | |
| 		Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
 | |
| 		Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
 | |
| 		When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
 | |
| 		by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
 | |
| 		must not be both defined at the same time.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_STACK
 | |
| 		Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
 | |
| 		Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
 | |
| 		relocation.  If unspecified, this is equal to
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
 | |
| 		Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
 | |
| 		The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
 | |
| 		Enable the SPL framework under common/.  This framework
 | |
| 		supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
 | |
| 		NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
 | |
| 		Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
 | |
| 		See also: doc/README.falcon
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
 | |
| 		For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
 | |
| 		about the running system.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
 | |
| 		Arch init code should be built for a very small image
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
 | |
| 		Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
 | |
| 		when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
 | |
| 		Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
 | |
| 		used in raw mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
 | |
| 		Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
 | |
| 		used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
 | |
| 		Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
 | |
| 		parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
 | |
| 		(for falcon mode)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
 | |
| 		Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
 | |
| 		used in fs mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
 | |
| 		Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
 | |
| 		Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
 | |
| 		from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
 | |
| 		Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
 | |
| 		when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
 | |
| 		Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
 | |
| 		start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
 | |
| 		continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
 | |
| 		loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
 | |
| 		Avoid SPL relocation
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
 | |
| 		Include nand_base.c in the SPL.  Requires
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
 | |
| 		SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
 | |
| 		Include standard software ECC in the SPL
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
 | |
| 		Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
 | |
| 		expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL.  Useful for
 | |
| 		environment on NAND support within SPL.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
 | |
| 		Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
 | |
| 		if you need to save space.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
 | |
| 		drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
 | |
| 		Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
 | |
| 		SPL binary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
 | |
| 		Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
 | |
| 		to read U-Boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
 | |
| 		Add support NAND boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
 | |
| 		Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
 | |
| 		Location in memory to load U-Boot to
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
 | |
| 		Size of image to load
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
 | |
| 		Entry point in loaded image to jump to
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
 | |
| 		Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
 | |
| 		data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
 | |
| 		Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
 | |
| 		ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
 | |
| 		Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
 | |
| 		Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
 | |
| 		It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
 | |
| 		CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
 | |
| 		Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
 | |
| 		the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
 | |
| 		payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
 | |
| 		Final target image containing SPL and payload.  Some SPLs
 | |
| 		use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
 | |
| 		example if more than one image needs to be produced.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
 | |
| 		Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
 | |
| 		code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
 | |
| 		option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
 | |
| 		bootm command when booting a FIT image.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - TPL framework
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPL
 | |
| 		Enable building of TPL globally.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
 | |
| 		Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
 | |
| 		the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
 | |
| 		payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Modem Support:
 | |
| --------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Modem support enable:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
 | |
| 
 | |
| - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_HWFLOW
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Modem debug support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
 | |
| 		for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Interrupt support (PPC):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
 | |
| 		for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
 | |
| 		for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
 | |
| 		should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
 | |
| 		CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
 | |
| 		(ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
 | |
| 		timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
 | |
| 		specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
 | |
| 		/ other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
 | |
| 		general timer_interrupt().
 | |
| 
 | |
| - General:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		In the target system modem support is enabled when a
 | |
| 		specific key (key combination) is pressed during
 | |
| 		power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
 | |
| 		(autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
 | |
| 		board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
 | |
| 		function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
 | |
| 		initialization.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If there are no modem init strings in the
 | |
| 		environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
 | |
| 		previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
 | |
| 		suppressed, though.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		See also: doc/README.Modem
 | |
| 
 | |
| Board initialization settings:
 | |
| ------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
 | |
| to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
 | |
| before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
 | |
| following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
 | |
| architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
 | |
| typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
 | |
| - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
 | |
| - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
 | |
| - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
 | |
| 
 | |
| Configuration Settings:
 | |
| -----------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
 | |
| 		Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
 | |
| 		undefine this when you're short of memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
 | |
| 		width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT:	This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
 | |
| 		prompt for user input.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE:	Buffer size for input from the Console
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE:	Buffer size for Console output
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS:	max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
 | |
| 		the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
 | |
| 		booted
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
 | |
| 		List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
 | |
| 		Suppress display of console information at boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
 | |
| 		If the board specific function
 | |
| 			extern int overwrite_console (void);
 | |
| 		returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
 | |
| 		serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
 | |
| 		Enable the call to overwrite_console().
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
 | |
| 		Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
 | |
| 		Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
 | |
| 		simple memory test.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
 | |
| 		Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
 | |
| 		Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
 | |
| 		You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
 | |
| 		If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
 | |
| 		this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
 | |
| 		(end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
 | |
| 		fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
 | |
| 		the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
 | |
| 		This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
 | |
| 		board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
 | |
| 		recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
 | |
| 		will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
 | |
| 		CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
 | |
| 		be touched.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
 | |
| 		the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
 | |
| 		then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
 | |
| 		non page size aligned address and this could cause major
 | |
| 		problems.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
 | |
| 		Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
 | |
| 		Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
 | |
| 		Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
 | |
| 		Cogent motherboard)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
 | |
| 		Physical start address of Flash memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
 | |
| 		Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
 | |
| 		make config files to be same as the text base address
 | |
| 		(CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
 | |
| 		Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
 | |
| 		determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
 | |
| 		embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
 | |
| 		flash sector.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
 | |
| 		Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
 | |
| 		Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
 | |
| 		this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
 | |
| 		will become available before relocation. The address is just
 | |
| 		below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
 | |
| 		space.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
 | |
| 		within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
 | |
| 		is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
 | |
| 		The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
 | |
| 		U-Boot relocates itself.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
 | |
| 		at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
 | |
| 		Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
 | |
| 		boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
 | |
| 		enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
 | |
| 		Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
 | |
| 		typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
 | |
| 		uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
 | |
| 		otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
 | |
| 		some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
 | |
| 		cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
 | |
| 		are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
 | |
| 		cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
 | |
| 		if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
 | |
| 		size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
 | |
| 		one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
 | |
| 		written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
 | |
| 		happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
 | |
| 		buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
 | |
| 		16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
 | |
| 		Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
 | |
| 		uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
 | |
| 		you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
 | |
| 		to adjust this setting to your needs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
 | |
| 		Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
 | |
| 		the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
 | |
| 		the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
 | |
| 		used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
 | |
| 		environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
 | |
| 		all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
 | |
| 		and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ.	 The environment
 | |
| 		variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ.  If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
 | |
| 		then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
 | |
| 		Enable initrd_high functionality.  If defined then the
 | |
| 		initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
 | |
| 		is enabled.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
 | |
| 		Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
 | |
| 		"bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
 | |
| 		Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
 | |
| 		space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
 | |
| 		Max number of Flash memory banks
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
 | |
| 		Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
 | |
| 		Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
 | |
| 		Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
 | |
| 		Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
 | |
| 		Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
 | |
| 		If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
 | |
| 		instead of U-Boot software protection.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
 | |
| 		without this option such a download has to be
 | |
| 		performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
 | |
| 		copy from RAM to flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
 | |
| 		you can check if the download worked before you erase
 | |
| 		the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
 | |
| 		too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
 | |
| 		downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
 | |
| 		Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
 | |
| 		common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
 | |
| 		This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
 | |
| 		in the drivers directory
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
 | |
| 		This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
 | |
| 		in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
 | |
| 		to the MTD layer.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
 | |
| 		Use buffered writes to flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
 | |
| 		s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
 | |
| 		write commands.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
 | |
| 		If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
 | |
| 		print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
 | |
| 		is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
 | |
| 		optionally available.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
 | |
| 		If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
 | |
| 		digits and dots.  Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
 | |
| 		column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
 | |
| 		If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
 | |
| 		against the source after the write operation. An error message
 | |
| 		will be printed when the contents are not identical.
 | |
| 		Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
 | |
| 		since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
 | |
| 		while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
 | |
| 		this option if you really know what you are doing.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
 | |
| 		Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
 | |
| 		Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
 | |
| 		to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
 | |
| 		buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
 | |
| 		on high Ethernet traffic.
 | |
| 		Defaults to 4 if not defined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
 | |
| 	internally to store the environment settings. The default
 | |
| 	setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
 | |
| 	cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
 | |
| 	lib/hashtable.c for details.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
 | |
| 	Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
 | |
| 	calling env set.  Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
 | |
| 	hexadecimal, or boolean.  If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
 | |
| 	the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	The format of the list is:
 | |
| 		type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
 | |
| 		access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
 | |
| 		attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
 | |
| 		entry = variable_name[:attributes]
 | |
| 		list = entry[,list]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	The type attributes are:
 | |
| 		s - String (default)
 | |
| 		d - Decimal
 | |
| 		x - Hexadecimal
 | |
| 		b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
 | |
| 		i - IP address
 | |
| 		m - MAC address
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	The access attributes are:
 | |
| 		a - Any (default)
 | |
| 		r - Read-only
 | |
| 		o - Write-once
 | |
| 		c - Change-default
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
 | |
| 		Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
 | |
| 		environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
 | |
| 		Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
 | |
| 		should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
 | |
| 		environment variable.  To override a setting in the static
 | |
| 		list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
 | |
| 		".flags" variable.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
 | |
| 	If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
 | |
| 	access flags.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
 | |
| 	This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
 | |
| 	architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
 | |
| 	to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
 | |
| 	arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
 | |
| 	common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
 | |
| 	must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
 | |
| 	its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
 | |
| 	your board please report the problem and send patches!
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
 | |
| 	This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
 | |
| 	be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
 | |
| 	the value can be calculated on a given board.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_USE_STDINT
 | |
| 	If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
 | |
| 	option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
 | |
| 	building U-Boot to enable this.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
 | |
| of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
 | |
| following configurations:
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
 | |
| 	may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
 | |
| 	   "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
 | |
| 	   happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
 | |
| 	   sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
 | |
| 	   sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
 | |
| 	   layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
 | |
| 	   such a case you would place the environment in one of the
 | |
| 	   4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
 | |
| 	   "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
 | |
| 	   environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
 | |
| 	   between U-Boot and the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
 | |
| 	   beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
 | |
| 	   type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
 | |
| 	   for this sector is given here.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   This is just another way to specify the start address of
 | |
| 	   the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
 | |
| 	   CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   Size of the sector containing the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
 | |
| 	   In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
 | |
| 	   the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
 | |
| 	   and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
 | |
| 	   of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
 | |
| 	   memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
 | |
| 	   when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
 | |
| 	   since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
 | |
| 	   for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
 | |
| 	   STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
 | |
| 	   updating the environment in flash makes it always
 | |
| 	   necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
 | |
| 	   wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
 | |
| 	   RAM, your target system will be dead.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
 | |
| 	  CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
 | |
| 	   a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
 | |
| 	   a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
 | |
| 	   a "saveenv" operation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
 | |
| source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
 | |
| accordingly!
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
 | |
| 	(NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
 | |
| 	environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
 | |
| 	  want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
 | |
| 	  can just be read and written to, without any special
 | |
| 	  provision.
 | |
| 
 | |
| BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
 | |
| in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
 | |
| console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
 | |
| U-Boot will hang.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
 | |
| environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
 | |
| keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
 | |
| to save the current settings.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
 | |
| 	device and a driver for it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
 | |
| 	  environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
 | |
| 	  If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
 | |
| 	  The default address is zero.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
 | |
| 	  If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
 | |
| 	  If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
 | |
| 	  single page in the EEPROM device.  A 64 byte page, for example
 | |
| 	  would require six bits.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
 | |
| 	  If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
 | |
| 	  page writes.	The default is zero milliseconds.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
 | |
| 	  The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address.  Note
 | |
| 	  that this is NOT the chip address length!
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
 | |
| 	  EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
 | |
| 	  like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
 | |
| 	  address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
 | |
| 	  slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
 | |
| 	  byte chips.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Note that we consider the length of the address field to
 | |
| 	  still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
 | |
| 	  in the chip address.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
 | |
| 	  The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
 | |
| 	  define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
 | |
| 	  EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
 | |
| 	  if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
 | |
| 	  I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
 | |
| 	  EEPROM. For example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS	  1
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
 | |
| 	  a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
 | |
| 	want to use for the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
 | |
| 	  environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
 | |
| 	  at the specified address.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
 | |
| 	want to use for the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
 | |
| 	  environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
 | |
| 	  aligned to an erase sector boundary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define the SPI flash's sector size.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
 | |
| 	  size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
 | |
| 	  that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
 | |
| 	  during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
 | |
| 	  aligned to an erase sector boundary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
 | |
| 	want to use for the local device's environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two #defines specify the address and size of the
 | |
| 	  environment area within the remote memory space. The
 | |
| 	  local device can get the environment from remote memory
 | |
| 	  space by SRIO or PCIE links.
 | |
| 
 | |
| BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
 | |
| "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
 | |
| environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
 | |
| but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
 | |
| 	for the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
 | |
| 	  area within the first NAND device.  CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
 | |
| 	  aligned to an erase block boundary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
 | |
| 	  size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
 | |
| 	  that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
 | |
| 	  during a "saveenv" operation.	 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
 | |
| 	  aligned to an erase block boundary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
 | |
| 	  can be written.  This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
 | |
| 	  block size.  Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
 | |
| 	  are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
 | |
| 	  the range to be avoided.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
 | |
| 	  environment from block zero's out-of-band data.  The
 | |
| 	  "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
 | |
| 	  Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
 | |
| 	  using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
 | |
| 	environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
 | |
| 	CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
 | |
| 	environment.  This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
 | |
| 	accesses, which is important on NAND.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
 | |
| 	  environment in.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
 | |
| 	  the environment in.  This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
 | |
| 	  It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
 | |
| 	  when storing the env in UBI.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
 | |
|        Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
|        - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
 | |
| 
 | |
|          Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
 | |
| 
 | |
|        - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
 | |
| 
 | |
|          Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
 | |
|          be as following:
 | |
| 
 | |
|            "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
 | |
|                - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
 | |
|                         partition table.
 | |
|                - "D:0": device D.
 | |
|                - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
 | |
|                               table, or the whole device D if has no partition
 | |
|                               table.
 | |
|                - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
 | |
|                            If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
 | |
|                            partition table then means device D.
 | |
| 
 | |
|        - FAT_ENV_FILE:
 | |
| 
 | |
|          It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
 | |
|          environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
|        - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
 | |
|          This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
 | |
| 	environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
 | |
| 	  set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
 | |
| 	  1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
 | |
| 	  area within the specified MMC device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
 | |
| 	  the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
 | |
| 	  as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
 | |
| 	  your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
 | |
| 	  different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
 | |
| 	  environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
 | |
| 	  maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
 | |
| 	  MMC sector boundary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
 | |
| 	  hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
 | |
| 	  valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
 | |
| 	  to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
 | |
| 	  same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
 | |
| 	  an MMC sector boundary.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
 | |
| 	  set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
 | |
| 	  CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
 | |
| 	area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
 | |
| 	is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
 | |
| 	scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
 | |
| 	calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
 | |
| 	to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
 | |
| 	start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
 | |
| has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
 | |
| created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
 | |
| until then to read environment variables.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
 | |
| is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
 | |
| with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
 | |
| necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
 | |
| "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
 | |
| have any device yet where we could complain.]
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
 | |
| the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
 | |
| use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
 | |
| 		Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
 | |
| 		      also needs to be defined.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
 | |
| 		MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
 | |
| 		Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
 | |
| 		and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
 | |
| 		drivers/serial/ns16550.c.  This option is useful for saving
 | |
| 		space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
 | |
| 		limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
 | |
| 		Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
 | |
| 		when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
 | |
| 		to do this.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
 | |
| 		Similar to the previous option, but display this information
 | |
| 		later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
 | |
| 		present.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
 | |
| 		Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
 | |
| 		build system checks that the actual size does not
 | |
| 		exceed it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
 | |
| ---------------------------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
 | |
| 		Cache Line Size of the CPU.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
 | |
| 		Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
 | |
| 		and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
 | |
| 		the IMMR register after a reset.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
 | |
| 		Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
 | |
| 		PowerPC SOCs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
 | |
| 		Virtual address of CCSR.  On a 32-bit build, this is typically
 | |
| 		the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
 | |
| 		for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
 | |
| 		Physical address of CCSR.  CCSR can be relocated to a new
 | |
| 		physical address, if desired.  In this case, this macro should
 | |
| 		be set to that address.	 Otherwise, it should be set to the
 | |
| 		same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.  For example, CCSR
 | |
| 		is typically relocated on 36-bit builds.  It is recommended
 | |
| 		that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		#define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
 | |
| 			* 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
 | |
| 		Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS.	This value is typically
 | |
| 		either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build).	This macro is
 | |
| 		used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
 | |
| 		integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
 | |
| 		Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS.  This macro is
 | |
| 		used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
 | |
| 		integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
 | |
| 		If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
 | |
| 		forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - Floppy Disk Support:
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		the default drive number (default value 0)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
 | |
| 		(default value 1)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		defines the offset of register from address. It
 | |
| 		depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
 | |
| 		the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
 | |
| 		default value.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
 | |
| 		fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
 | |
| 		setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
 | |
| 		source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
 | |
| 		initializations.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
 | |
| 		Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
 | |
| 		interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
 | |
| 		When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
 | |
| 		IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
 | |
| 		registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
 | |
| 		is required.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR:	Physical address of the Internal Memory.
 | |
| 		DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
 | |
| 		doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Start address of memory area that can be used for
 | |
| 		initial data and stack; please note that this must be
 | |
| 		writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
 | |
| 		initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
 | |
| 		will become available only after programming the
 | |
| 		memory controller and running certain initialization
 | |
| 		sequences.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		U-Boot uses the following memory types:
 | |
| 		- MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
 | |
| 		- MPC824X: data cache
 | |
| 		- PPC4xx:  data cache
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
 | |
| 		area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
 | |
| 		data is located at the end of the available space
 | |
| 		(sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
 | |
| 		below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Note:
 | |
| 		On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
 | |
| 		cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
 | |
| 		CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
 | |
| 		point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
 | |
| 		the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR:	SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR:	System Protection Control (11-9)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR:	Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR:	Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR:	PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR:	System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
 | |
| 		SDRAM timing
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
 | |
| 		periodic timer for refresh
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_DER:	Debug Event Register (37-47)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
 | |
| 		Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
 | |
| 		Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
 | |
| 		Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
 | |
| 		Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
 | |
| 		enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
 | |
| 		define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
 | |
| 		enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
 | |
| 		define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
 | |
| 		enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
 | |
| 		define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
 | |
| 		Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
 | |
| 		wrong setting might damage your board. Read
 | |
| 		doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
 | |
| 		Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
 | |
| 		(Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
 | |
| 		#define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
 | |
| 		cpm_8260.h.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
 | |
|   CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
 | |
| 		Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
 | |
| 		Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
 | |
| 		required.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
 | |
| 		Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
 | |
| 		Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
 | |
| 		something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
 | |
| 		a second time.	Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
 | |
| 		by coreboot or similar.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
 | |
| 		Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
 | |
| 		Chip has SRIO or not
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SRIO1:
 | |
| 		Board has SRIO 1 port available
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SRIO2:
 | |
| 		Board has SRIO 2 port available
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
 | |
| 		Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
 | |
| 		Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
 | |
| 		Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
 | |
| 		Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
 | |
| 		Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
 | |
| 		a 16 bit bus.
 | |
| 		Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
 | |
| 		Example of drivers that use it:
 | |
| 		- drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
 | |
| 		- drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
 | |
| 		Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
 | |
| 		a default value will be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
 | |
| 		Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
 | |
| 		with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
 | |
| 		I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
 | |
| 		If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
 | |
| 		one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
 | |
| 		to something your driver can deal with.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
 | |
| 		Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
 | |
| 		soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
 | |
| 		parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
 | |
| 		header files or board specific files.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
 | |
| 		Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
 | |
| 		Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
 | |
| 		Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
 | |
| 		be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
 | |
| 		Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
 | |
| 		Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
 | |
| 		to the given FEC; i. e.
 | |
| 			#define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
 | |
| 		means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
 | |
| 		The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
 | |
| 		(so program the FEC to ignore it).
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_RMII
 | |
| 		Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
 | |
| 		Note that this is a global option, we can't
 | |
| 		have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
 | |
| 		Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
 | |
| 		The syntax is:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		=> crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Where address/count indicate a memory area
 | |
| 		and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
 | |
| 		area should have.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_LOOPW
 | |
| 		Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
 | |
| 		the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
 | |
| 		Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
 | |
| 		"md/mw" commands.
 | |
| 		Examples:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		=> mdc.b 10 4 500
 | |
| 		This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		=> mwc.l 100 12345678 10
 | |
| 		This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
 | |
| 		globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
 | |
| 		[ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
 | |
| 		low level initializations (like setting up the memory
 | |
| 		controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
 | |
| 		relocate itself into RAM.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
 | |
| 		exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
 | |
| 		other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
 | |
| 		these initializations itself.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
 | |
| 		Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
 | |
| 		that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
 | |
| 		compiling a NAND SPL.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
 | |
| 		Modifies the behaviour of start.S  when compiling a loader
 | |
| 		that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
 | |
| 		It is loaded by the SPL.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
 | |
| 		Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
 | |
| 		.resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
 | |
| 		previous 4k of the .text section.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
 | |
| 		Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
 | |
| 		effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
 | |
| 		U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
 | |
| 		to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
 | |
| 		it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
 | |
| 		addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
 | |
| 		to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
 | |
|   CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
 | |
| 		If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
 | |
| 		be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
 | |
| 		conditions but may increase the binary size.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
 | |
| 		If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
 | |
| 		needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
 | |
| 		Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
 | |
| 		Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
 | |
| 		Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
 | |
| 		driver that uses this:
 | |
| 		drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
 | |
| 
 | |
| Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
 | |
| -----------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
 | |
| loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
 | |
| This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
 | |
| are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
 | |
| within that device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
 | |
| 	The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located.  The
 | |
| 	meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
 | |
| 	is also specified.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
 | |
| 	The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located.  The
 | |
| 	meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
 | |
| 	is also specified.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
 | |
| 	The maximum possible size of the firmware.  The firmware binary format
 | |
| 	has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
 | |
| 	might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
 | |
| 	local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
 | |
| 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
 | |
| 	normal addressable memory via the LBC.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
 | |
| 	virtual address in NOR flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
 | |
| 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
 | |
| 	CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
 | |
| 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
 | |
| 	device.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
 | |
| 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
 | |
| 	device.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
 | |
| 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
 | |
| 	memory space.	CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
 | |
| 	can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
 | |
| 	window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
 | |
| 	master's memory space.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
 | |
| ---------------------------------------------------------
 | |
| The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
 | |
| "firmware".
 | |
| This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
 | |
| are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
 | |
| within that device.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
 | |
| 	Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
 | |
| 	The address in the storage device where the firmware is located.  The
 | |
| 	meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
 | |
| 	is also specified.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
 | |
| 	The maximum possible size of the firmware.  The firmware binary format
 | |
| 	has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
 | |
| 	might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
 | |
| 	local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
 | |
| 
 | |
| - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
 | |
| 	Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
 | |
| 	normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
 | |
| 	virtual address in NOR flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Building the Software:
 | |
| ======================
 | |
| 
 | |
| Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
 | |
| and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
 | |
| all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
 | |
| (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
 | |
| recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
 | |
| which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
 | |
| have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
 | |
| you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
 | |
| Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
 | |
| necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	$ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
 | |
| 	$ export CROSS_COMPILE
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
 | |
|       the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
 | |
|       (http://www.mingw.org).  Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
 | |
|       toolchain and execute 'make tools'.  For example:
 | |
| 
 | |
|        $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
 | |
|       be executed on computers running Windows.
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
 | |
| sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
 | |
| is done by typing:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	make NAME_defconfig
 | |
| 
 | |
| where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
 | |
| rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
 | |
|       additional information is available from the board vendor; for
 | |
|       instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
 | |
|       or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
 | |
|       when choosing the configuration, i. e.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       make TQM823L_defconfig
 | |
| 	- will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
 | |
| 
 | |
|       make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
 | |
| 	- will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
 | |
| 
 | |
|       etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
 | |
| images ready for download to / installation on your system:
 | |
| 
 | |
| - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
 | |
| - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
 | |
| - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
 | |
| 
 | |
| By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
 | |
| in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
 | |
| this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	make O=/tmp/build distclean
 | |
| 	make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
 | |
| 	make O=/tmp/build all
 | |
| 
 | |
| 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
 | |
| 	make distclean
 | |
| 	make NAME_defconfig
 | |
| 	make all
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
 | |
| variable.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
 | |
| for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
 | |
| native "make".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
 | |
| to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
 | |
| steps:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 1.  Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
 | |
|     "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
 | |
|     Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
 | |
| 2.  Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
 | |
|     files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
 | |
|     the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
 | |
| 3.  Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
 | |
|     your board
 | |
| 3.  If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
 | |
|     directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
 | |
| 4.  Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
 | |
| 5.  Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
 | |
|     to be installed on your target system.
 | |
| 6.  Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
 | |
|     [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
 | |
| ==============================================================
 | |
| 
 | |
| If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
 | |
| or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
 | |
| provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
 | |
| the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
 | |
| official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
 | |
| 
 | |
| But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
 | |
| cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
 | |
| the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
 | |
| just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
 | |
| for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
 | |
| select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
 | |
| environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
 | |
| you can type
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
 | |
| 
 | |
| or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
 | |
| 
 | |
| When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
 | |
| U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
 | |
| setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
 | |
| built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
 | |
| <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
 | |
| location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
 | |
| variable. For example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
 | |
| 	export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
 | |
| 	CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
 | |
| 
 | |
| With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
 | |
| log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
 | |
| during the whole build process.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Monitor Commands - Overview:
 | |
| ============================
 | |
| 
 | |
| go	- start application at address 'addr'
 | |
| run	- run commands in an environment variable
 | |
| bootm	- boot application image from memory
 | |
| bootp	- boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
 | |
| bootz   - boot zImage from memory
 | |
| tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
 | |
| 	       and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
 | |
| 	       (and eventually "gatewayip")
 | |
| tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
 | |
| rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
 | |
| diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd   - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
 | |
| loads	- load S-Record file over serial line
 | |
| loadb	- load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
 | |
| md	- memory display
 | |
| mm	- memory modify (auto-incrementing)
 | |
| nm	- memory modify (constant address)
 | |
| mw	- memory write (fill)
 | |
| cp	- memory copy
 | |
| cmp	- memory compare
 | |
| crc32	- checksum calculation
 | |
| i2c	- I2C sub-system
 | |
| sspi	- SPI utility commands
 | |
| base	- print or set address offset
 | |
| printenv- print environment variables
 | |
| setenv	- set environment variables
 | |
| saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
 | |
| protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
 | |
| erase	- erase FLASH memory
 | |
| flinfo	- print FLASH memory information
 | |
| nand	- NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
 | |
| bdinfo	- print Board Info structure
 | |
| iminfo	- print header information for application image
 | |
| coninfo - print console devices and informations
 | |
| ide	- IDE sub-system
 | |
| loop	- infinite loop on address range
 | |
| loopw	- infinite write loop on address range
 | |
| mtest	- simple RAM test
 | |
| icache	- enable or disable instruction cache
 | |
| dcache	- enable or disable data cache
 | |
| reset	- Perform RESET of the CPU
 | |
| echo	- echo args to console
 | |
| version - print monitor version
 | |
| help	- print online help
 | |
| ?	- alias for 'help'
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
 | |
| ========================================
 | |
| 
 | |
| TODO.
 | |
| 
 | |
| For now: just type "help <command>".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Environment Variables:
 | |
| ======================
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
 | |
| can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
 | |
| "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
 | |
| without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
 | |
| environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
 | |
| working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
 | |
| environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
 | |
| 
 | |
| List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
 | |
| 
 | |
|   baudrate	- see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootdelay	- see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootcmd	- see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootargs	- Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootfile	- Name of the image to load with TFTP
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootm_low	- Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
 | |
| 		  command can be restricted. This variable is given as
 | |
| 		  a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
 | |
| 		  for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
 | |
| 		  environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
 | |
| 		  also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
 | |
| 		  kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
 | |
| 		  bootm_mapsize.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
 | |
| 		  This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
 | |
| 		  defines the size of the memory region starting at base
 | |
| 		  address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
 | |
| 		  during early boot.  If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
 | |
| 		  as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
 | |
| 		  used otherwise.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootm_size	- Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
 | |
| 		  command can be restricted. This variable is given as
 | |
| 		  a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
 | |
| 		  allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
 | |
| 		  environment variable.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   updatefile	- Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
 | |
| 		  by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
 | |
| 		  documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   autoload	- if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
 | |
| 		  "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
 | |
| 		  configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
 | |
| 		  load any image using TFTP
 | |
| 
 | |
|   autostart	- if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
 | |
| 		  "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
 | |
| 		  be automatically started (by internally calling
 | |
| 		  "bootm")
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
 | |
| 		  "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
 | |
| 		  (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
 | |
| 		  This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
 | |
| 		  data.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   fdt_high	- if set this restricts the maximum address that the
 | |
| 		  flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
 | |
| 		  For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
 | |
| 		  at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
 | |
| 		  only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
 | |
| 		  may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
 | |
| 		  device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
 | |
| 		  of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
 | |
| 		  access it during the boot procedure.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
 | |
| 		  the fdt will not be copied at all on boot.  For this
 | |
| 		  to work it must reside in writable memory, have
 | |
| 		  sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
 | |
| 		  add the information it needs into it, and the memory
 | |
| 		  must be accessible by the kernel.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
 | |
| 		  device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
 | |
| 		  defined.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   i2cfast	- (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
 | |
| 		  if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
 | |
| 		  mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
 | |
| 		  initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
 | |
| 		  it must be saved and board must be reset.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   initrd_high	- restrict positioning of initrd images:
 | |
| 		  If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
 | |
| 		  copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
 | |
| 		  is usually what you want since it allows for
 | |
| 		  maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
 | |
| 		  make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
 | |
| 		  CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
 | |
| 		  variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
 | |
| 		  Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
 | |
| 		  address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
 | |
| 		  does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
 | |
| 		  RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
 | |
| 		  you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
 | |
| 		  the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
 | |
| 		  sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
 | |
| 		  12 MB as well - this can be done with
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  setenv initrd_high 00c00000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
 | |
| 		  indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
 | |
| 		  for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
 | |
| 		  memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
 | |
| 		  ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
 | |
| 		  boot time on your system, but requires that this
 | |
| 		  feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ipaddr	- IP address; needed for tftpboot command
 | |
| 
 | |
|   loadaddr	- Default load address for commands like "bootp",
 | |
| 		  "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
 | |
| 
 | |
|   loads_echo	- see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
 | |
| 
 | |
|   serverip	- TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootretry	- see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootdelaykey	- see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootstopkey	- see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ethprime	- controls which interface is used first.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ethact	- controls which interface is currently active.
 | |
| 		  For example you can do the following
 | |
| 
 | |
| 		  => setenv ethact FEC
 | |
| 		  => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
 | |
| 		  => setenv ethact SCC
 | |
| 		  => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ethrotate	- When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
 | |
| 		  available network interfaces.
 | |
| 		  It just stays at the currently selected interface.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   netretry	- When set to "no" each network operation will
 | |
| 		  either succeed or fail without retrying.
 | |
| 		  When set to "once" the network operation will
 | |
| 		  fail when all the available network interfaces
 | |
| 		  are tried once without success.
 | |
| 		  Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
 | |
| 		  themselves.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   npe_ucode	- set load address for the NPE microcode
 | |
| 
 | |
|   silent_linux  - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
 | |
| 		  changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
 | |
| 		  made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
 | |
| 		  unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
 | |
| 		  is silent.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   tftpsrcport	- If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
 | |
| 		  UDP source port.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   tftpdstport	- If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
 | |
| 		  destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
 | |
| 		  we use the TFTP server's default block size
 | |
| 
 | |
|   tftptimeout	- Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
 | |
| 		  seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
 | |
| 		  when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
 | |
| 		  be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
 | |
| 		  Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
 | |
| 		  faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
 | |
| 		  with unreliable TFTP servers.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   vlan		- When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
 | |
| 		  Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
 | |
| 		  VLAN tagged frames.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The following image location variables contain the location of images
 | |
| used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
 | |
| not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
 | |
| variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
 | |
| server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
 | |
| loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
 | |
| flash or offset in NAND flash.
 | |
| 
 | |
| *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
 | |
| boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
 | |
| boards use these variables for other purposes.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Image		    File Name	     RAM Address       Flash Location
 | |
| -----		    ---------	     -----------       --------------
 | |
| u-boot		    u-boot	     u-boot_addr_r     u-boot_addr
 | |
| Linux kernel	    bootfile	     kernel_addr_r     kernel_addr
 | |
| device tree blob    fdtfile	     fdt_addr_r	       fdt_addr
 | |
| ramdisk		    ramdiskfile	     ramdisk_addr_r    ramdisk_addr
 | |
| 
 | |
| The following environment variables may be used and automatically
 | |
| updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
 | |
| depending the information provided by your boot server:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   bootfile	- see above
 | |
|   dnsip		- IP address of your Domain Name Server
 | |
|   dnsip2	- IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
 | |
|   gatewayip	- IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
 | |
|   hostname	- Target hostname
 | |
|   ipaddr	- see above
 | |
|   netmask	- Subnet Mask
 | |
|   rootpath	- Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
 | |
|   serverip	- see above
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| There are two special Environment Variables:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   serial#	- contains hardware identification information such
 | |
| 		  as type string and/or serial number
 | |
|   ethaddr	- Ethernet address
 | |
| 
 | |
| These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
 | |
| the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
 | |
| once they have been set once.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Further special Environment Variables:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ver		- Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
 | |
| 		  with the "version" command. This variable is
 | |
| 		  readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
 | |
| only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Callback functions for environment variables:
 | |
| ---------------------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
 | |
| when their values are changed.  This functionality allows functions to
 | |
| be associated with arbitrary variables.  On creation, overwrite, or
 | |
| deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
 | |
| effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
 | |
| U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
 | |
| 
 | |
| These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways.  The
 | |
| static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
 | |
| in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
 | |
| associations.  The list must be in the following format:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
 | |
| 	list = entry[,list]
 | |
| 
 | |
| If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
 | |
| Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
 | |
| with the same list format above.  Any association in ".callbacks" will
 | |
| override any association in the static list. You can define
 | |
| CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
 | |
| ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Command Line Parsing:
 | |
| =====================
 | |
| 
 | |
| There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
 | |
| the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
 | |
| 
 | |
| Old, simple command line parser:
 | |
| --------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
 | |
| - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
 | |
| - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
 | |
| - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
 | |
|   for example:
 | |
| 	setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
 | |
| - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
 | |
| 	setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
 | |
| 
 | |
| Hush shell:
 | |
| -----------
 | |
| 
 | |
| - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
 | |
|   if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
 | |
|   until...do...done, ...
 | |
| - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
 | |
|   commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
 | |
|   "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
 | |
|   command
 | |
| 
 | |
| General rules:
 | |
| --------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
 | |
|     command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
 | |
|     one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
 | |
|     executed anyway.
 | |
| 
 | |
| (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
 | |
|     calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
 | |
|     command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
 | |
|     variables are not executed.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
 | |
| =======================================
 | |
| 
 | |
| Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
 | |
| such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
 | |
| "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
 | |
| 
 | |
| Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
 | |
| MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
 | |
| "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
 | |
| 
 | |
| If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
 | |
| in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
 | |
| ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
 | |
| variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
 | |
| 
 | |
| o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
 | |
|   environment, the SROM's address is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
 | |
|   environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
 | |
|   used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
 | |
|   both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
 | |
|   addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
 | |
|   warning is printed.
 | |
| 
 | |
| o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
 | |
|   is raised.
 | |
| 
 | |
| If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
 | |
| will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process.	 This
 | |
| may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
 | |
| The naming convention is as follows:
 | |
| "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Image Formats:
 | |
| ==============
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
 | |
| images in two formats:
 | |
| 
 | |
| New uImage format (FIT)
 | |
| -----------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
 | |
| to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
 | |
| components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
 | |
| SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Old uImage format
 | |
| -----------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
 | |
| preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
 | |
| details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
 | |
|   4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
 | |
|   LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
 | |
|   Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
 | |
|   INTEGRITY).
 | |
| * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
 | |
|   IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
 | |
|   Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
 | |
| * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
 | |
| * Load Address
 | |
| * Entry Point
 | |
| * Image Name
 | |
| * Image Timestamp
 | |
| 
 | |
| The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
 | |
| and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
 | |
| CRC32 checksums.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Linux Support:
 | |
| ==============
 | |
| 
 | |
| Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
 | |
| easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
 | |
| U-Boot.
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
 | |
| special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
 | |
| "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
 | |
| instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
 | |
| serves several purposes:
 | |
| 
 | |
| - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
 | |
|   applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
 | |
|   Flash memory footprint)
 | |
| 
 | |
| - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
 | |
|   lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
 | |
|   images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
 | |
|   be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
 | |
|   have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
 | |
|   change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
 | |
|   software is easier now.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Linux HOWTO:
 | |
| ============
 | |
| 
 | |
| Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
 | |
| ---------------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
 | |
| configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
 | |
| (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
 | |
| Linux :-).
 | |
| 
 | |
| But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
 | |
| 
 | |
| Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
 | |
| include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
 | |
| Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
 | |
| and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
 | |
| as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
 | |
| If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
 | |
| is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
 | |
| doc/driver-model.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Configuring the Linux kernel:
 | |
| -----------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
 | |
| device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Building a Linux Image:
 | |
| -----------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
 | |
| not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
 | |
| "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
 | |
| U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
 | |
| which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
 | |
| 100% compatible format.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Example:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	make TQM850L_defconfig
 | |
| 	make oldconfig
 | |
| 	make dep
 | |
| 	make uImage
 | |
| 
 | |
| The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
 | |
| encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header	 information,
 | |
| CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
 | |
| 
 | |
| * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
 | |
| 
 | |
| * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
 | |
| 				 -R .note -R .comment \
 | |
| 				 -S vmlinux linux.bin
 | |
| 
 | |
| * compress the binary image:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	gzip -9 linux.bin
 | |
| 
 | |
| * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
 | |
| 		-a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
 | |
| 		-d linux.bin.gz uImage
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
 | |
| with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
 | |
| combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
 | |
| byte header containing information about target architecture,
 | |
| operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
 | |
| stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
 | |
| print the header information, or to build new images.
 | |
| 
 | |
| In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
 | |
| contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
 | |
| checksum verification:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	tools/mkimage -l image
 | |
| 	  -l ==> list image header information
 | |
| 
 | |
| The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
 | |
| from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
 | |
| 		      -n name -d data_file image
 | |
| 	  -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
 | |
| 	  -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
 | |
| 	  -T ==> set image type to 'type'
 | |
| 	  -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
 | |
| 	  -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
 | |
| 	  -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
 | |
| 	  -n ==> set image name to 'name'
 | |
| 	  -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
 | |
| 
 | |
| Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
 | |
| address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
 | |
| kernel version:
 | |
| 
 | |
| - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
 | |
| - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
 | |
| 
 | |
| So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	-> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
 | |
| 	> -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
 | |
| 	> -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
 | |
| 	> examples/uImage.TQM850L
 | |
| 	Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
 | |
| 	Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
 | |
| 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	Data Size:    335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
 | |
| 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 | |
| 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	-> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
 | |
| 	Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
 | |
| 	Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
 | |
| 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	Data Size:    335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
 | |
| 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 | |
| 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
 | |
| speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
 | |
| needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
 | |
| need to be uncompressed:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	-> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
 | |
| 	-> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
 | |
| 	> -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
 | |
| 	> -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
 | |
| 	> examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
 | |
| 	Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
 | |
| 	Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
 | |
| 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
 | |
| 	Data Size:    792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
 | |
| 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 | |
| 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
 | |
| when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	-> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
 | |
| 	> -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
 | |
| 	> -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
 | |
| 	Image Name:   Simple Ramdisk Image
 | |
| 	Created:      Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
 | |
| 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	Data Size:    566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
 | |
| 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 | |
| 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
 | |
| option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
 | |
| option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
 | |
| from the image:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
 | |
| 	  -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
 | |
| 	  -T ==> set image type to 'type'
 | |
| 	  -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Installing a Linux Image:
 | |
| -------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
 | |
| you must convert the image to S-Record format:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
 | |
| 
 | |
| The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
 | |
| image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
 | |
| address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
 | |
| specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
 | |
| command.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
 | |
| TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> erase 40100000 401FFFFF
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	.......... done
 | |
| 	Erased 8 sectors
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> loads 40100000
 | |
| 	## Ready for S-Record download ...
 | |
| 	~>examples/image.srec
 | |
| 	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
 | |
| 	...
 | |
| 	15989 15990 15991 15992
 | |
| 	[file transfer complete]
 | |
| 	[connected]
 | |
| 	## Start Addr = 0x00000000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
 | |
| this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
 | |
| corruption happened:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> imi 40100000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
 | |
| 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
 | |
| 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	   Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
 | |
| 	   Load Address: 00000000
 | |
| 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 | |
| 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Boot Linux:
 | |
| -----------
 | |
| 
 | |
| The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
 | |
| memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
 | |
| of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
 | |
| parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
 | |
| "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> printenv bootargs
 | |
| 	bootargs=root=/dev/ram
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> printenv bootargs
 | |
| 	bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> bootm 40020000
 | |
| 	## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
 | |
| 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
 | |
| 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	   Data Size:	 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
 | |
| 	   Load Address: 00000000
 | |
| 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 | |
| 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
| 	   Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
 | |
| 	Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
 | |
| 	Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
 | |
| 	time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
 | |
| 	Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
 | |
| 	Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
 | |
| 	...
 | |
| 
 | |
| If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
 | |
| the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
 | |
| format!) to the "bootm" command:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> imi 40100000 40200000
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
 | |
| 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
 | |
| 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	   Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
 | |
| 	   Load Address: 00000000
 | |
| 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 | |
| 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
 | |
| 	   Image Name:	 Simple Ramdisk Image
 | |
| 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	   Data Size:	 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
 | |
| 	   Load Address: 00000000
 | |
| 	   Entry Point:	 00000000
 | |
| 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> bootm 40100000 40200000
 | |
| 	## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
 | |
| 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
 | |
| 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	   Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
 | |
| 	   Load Address: 00000000
 | |
| 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 | |
| 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
| 	   Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
 | |
| 	## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
 | |
| 	   Image Name:	 Simple Ramdisk Image
 | |
| 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
| 	   Data Size:	 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
 | |
| 	   Load Address: 00000000
 | |
| 	   Entry Point:	 00000000
 | |
| 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
| 	   Loading Ramdisk ... OK
 | |
| 	Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
 | |
| 	Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
 | |
| 	time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
 | |
| 	Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
 | |
| 	...
 | |
| 	RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
 | |
| 	VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	bash#
 | |
| 
 | |
| Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
 | |
| -----------
 | |
| 
 | |
| First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
 | |
| titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
 | |
| following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
 | |
| flat device tree:
 | |
| 
 | |
| => print oftaddr
 | |
| oftaddr=0x300000
 | |
| => print oft
 | |
| oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
 | |
| => tftp $oftaddr $oft
 | |
| Speed: 1000, full duplex
 | |
| Using TSEC0 device
 | |
| TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
 | |
| Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
 | |
| Load address: 0x300000
 | |
| Loading: #
 | |
| done
 | |
| Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
 | |
| => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
 | |
| Speed: 1000, full duplex
 | |
| Using TSEC0 device
 | |
| TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
 | |
| Filename 'uImage'.
 | |
| Load address: 0x200000
 | |
| Loading:############
 | |
| done
 | |
| Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
 | |
| => print loadaddr
 | |
| loadaddr=200000
 | |
| => print oftaddr
 | |
| oftaddr=0x300000
 | |
| => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
 | |
| ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
 | |
|    Image Name:	 Linux-2.6.17-dirty
 | |
|    Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 | |
|    Data Size:	 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
 | |
|    Load Address: 00000000
 | |
|    Entry Point:	 00000000
 | |
|    Verifying Checksum ... OK
 | |
|    Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
 | |
| Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
 | |
| Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
 | |
| Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
 | |
| [snip]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| More About U-Boot Image Types:
 | |
| ------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot supports the following image types:
 | |
| 
 | |
|    "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
 | |
| 	provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
 | |
| 	well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
 | |
| 	the Standalone Program.
 | |
|    "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
 | |
| 	will take over control completely. Usually these programs
 | |
| 	will install their own set of exception handlers, device
 | |
| 	drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
 | |
| 	expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
 | |
|    "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
 | |
| 	parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
 | |
| 	being started.
 | |
|    "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
 | |
| 	(Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
 | |
| 	RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
 | |
| 	to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
 | |
| 	server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
 | |
| 	for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	"Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
 | |
| 	image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
 | |
| 	byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
 | |
| 	Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
 | |
| 	one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
 | |
| 	a multiple of 4 bytes).
 | |
| 
 | |
|    "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
 | |
| 	U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
 | |
| 	flash memory.
 | |
| 
 | |
|    "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
 | |
| 	U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
 | |
| 	useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
 | |
| 	as command interpreter.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Booting the Linux zImage:
 | |
| -------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
 | |
| using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
 | |
| as the syntax of "bootm" command.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
 | |
| kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
 | |
| address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
 | |
| format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Standalone HOWTO:
 | |
| =================
 | |
| 
 | |
| One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
 | |
| run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
 | |
| U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Two simple examples are included with the sources:
 | |
| 
 | |
| "Hello World" Demo:
 | |
| -------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
 | |
| application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
 | |
| It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
 | |
| like that:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> loads
 | |
| 	## Ready for S-Record download ...
 | |
| 	~>examples/hello_world.srec
 | |
| 	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
 | |
| 	[file transfer complete]
 | |
| 	[connected]
 | |
| 	## Start Addr = 0x00040004
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
 | |
| 	## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
 | |
| 	Hello World
 | |
| 	argc = 7
 | |
| 	argv[0] = "40004"
 | |
| 	argv[1] = "Hello"
 | |
| 	argv[2] = "World!"
 | |
| 	argv[3] = "This"
 | |
| 	argv[4] = "is"
 | |
| 	argv[5] = "a"
 | |
| 	argv[6] = "test."
 | |
| 	argv[7] = "<NULL>"
 | |
| 	Hit any key to exit ...
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
 | |
| 
 | |
| Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
 | |
| handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
 | |
| Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
 | |
| The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
 | |
| character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
 | |
| controlled by the following keys:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
 | |
| 	b - enable interrupts and start timer
 | |
| 	e - stop timer and disable interrupts
 | |
| 	q - quit application
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> loads
 | |
| 	## Ready for S-Record download ...
 | |
| 	~>examples/timer.srec
 | |
| 	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
 | |
| 	[file transfer complete]
 | |
| 	[connected]
 | |
| 	## Start Addr = 0x00040004
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	=> go 40004
 | |
| 	## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
 | |
| 	TIMERS=0xfff00980
 | |
| 	Using timer 1
 | |
| 	  tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
 | |
| 
 | |
| Hit 'b':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
 | |
| 	Enabling timer
 | |
| Hit '?':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] ........
 | |
| 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
 | |
| Hit '?':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] .
 | |
| 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
 | |
| Hit '?':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] .
 | |
| 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
 | |
| Hit '?':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] .
 | |
| 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
 | |
| Hit 'e':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
 | |
| Hit 'q':
 | |
| 	[q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Minicom warning:
 | |
| ================
 | |
| 
 | |
| Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
 | |
| "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
 | |
| consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
 | |
| Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
 | |
| especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
 | |
| use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).  See
 | |
| http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
 | |
| for help with kermit.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
 | |
| configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	   Name	   Program			Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
 | |
| 	X  kermit  /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s	 Y    U	   Y	   N	  N
 | |
| 	Y  kermit  /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r	 N    D	   Y	   N	  N
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NetBSD Notes:
 | |
| =============
 | |
| 
 | |
| Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
 | |
| (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
 | |
| 
 | |
| Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
 | |
| NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
 | |
| need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
 | |
| Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
 | |
| attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
 | |
| missing.  This file has to be installed and patched manually:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	# cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
 | |
| 	# mkdir powerpc
 | |
| 	# ln -s powerpc machine
 | |
| 	# cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
 | |
| 	# ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h	## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
 | |
| 
 | |
| Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
 | |
| and U-Boot include files.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
 | |
| stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
 | |
| proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
 | |
| tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
 | |
| meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Implementation Internals:
 | |
| =========================
 | |
| 
 | |
| The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
 | |
| implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
 | |
| inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
 | |
| hardware.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Initial Stack, Global Data:
 | |
| ---------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
 | |
| starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
 | |
| system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
 | |
| This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
 | |
| is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
 | |
| at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
 | |
| options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
 | |
| models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
 | |
| MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
 | |
| locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
 | |
| 	U-Boot mailing list:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
 | |
| 	From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
 | |
| 	Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
 | |
| 	...
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
 | |
| 	is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
 | |
| 	require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
 | |
| 	is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
 | |
| 	necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
 | |
| 	beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
 | |
| 	can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
 | |
| 	operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
 | |
| 	is another option for the system designer to use as an
 | |
| 	initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
 | |
| 	option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
 | |
| 	board designers haven't used it for something that would
 | |
| 	cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
 | |
| 	used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
 | |
| 	with your processor/board/system design. The default value
 | |
| 	you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
 | |
| 	walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
 | |
| 	than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
 | |
| 	it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
 | |
| 	that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
 | |
| 	start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
 | |
| 	you get the config right.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	-Chris Hallinan
 | |
| 	DS4.COM, Inc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
 | |
| code for the initialization procedures:
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
 | |
|   to write it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
 | |
|   as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
 | |
|   zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
 | |
|   that.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
 | |
| normal global data to share information between the code. But it
 | |
| turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
 | |
| simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
 | |
| functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
 | |
| functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
 | |
| the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
 | |
| place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
 | |
| reserve for this purpose.
 | |
| 
 | |
| When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
 | |
| relevant  (E)ABI  specifications for the current architecture, and by
 | |
| GCC's implementation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
 | |
| 	R1:	stack pointer
 | |
| 	R2:	reserved for system use
 | |
| 	R3-R4:	parameter passing and return values
 | |
| 	R5-R10: parameter passing
 | |
| 	R13:	small data area pointer
 | |
| 	R30:	GOT pointer
 | |
| 	R31:	frame pointer
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	(U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
 | |
| 	is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
 | |
| 	going back and forth between asm and C)
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
 | |
|     address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
 | |
|     but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
 | |
|     smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
 | |
|     average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
 | |
|     624 text + 127 data).
 | |
| 
 | |
| On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
 | |
| 	http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
 | |
| 
 | |
| On ARM, the following registers are used:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	R0:	function argument word/integer result
 | |
| 	R1-R3:	function argument word
 | |
| 	R9:	platform specific
 | |
| 	R10:	stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
 | |
| 	R11:	argument (frame) pointer
 | |
| 	R12:	temporary workspace
 | |
| 	R13:	stack pointer
 | |
| 	R14:	link register
 | |
| 	R15:	program counter
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
 | |
| 
 | |
| On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
 | |
| 	http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
 | |
|     to access small data sections, so gp is free.
 | |
| 
 | |
| On NDS32, the following registers are used:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	R0-R1:	argument/return
 | |
| 	R2-R5:	argument
 | |
| 	R15:	temporary register for assembler
 | |
| 	R16:	trampoline register
 | |
| 	R28:	frame pointer (FP)
 | |
| 	R29:	global pointer (GP)
 | |
| 	R30:	link register (LP)
 | |
| 	R31:	stack pointer (SP)
 | |
| 	PC:	program counter (PC)
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
 | |
| 
 | |
| NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
 | |
| or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Memory Management:
 | |
| ------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
 | |
| MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
 | |
| controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
 | |
| memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
 | |
| physical memory banks.
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
 | |
| TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
 | |
| booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
 | |
| to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
 | |
| memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
 | |
| configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
 | |
| Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
 | |
| 
 | |
| Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
 | |
| of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
 | |
| 
 | |
| So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
 | |
| this:
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	0x0000 0000	Exception Vector code
 | |
| 	      :
 | |
| 	0x0000 1FFF
 | |
| 	0x0000 2000	Free for Application Use
 | |
| 	      :
 | |
| 	      :
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	      :
 | |
| 	      :
 | |
| 	0x00FB FF20	Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
 | |
| 	0x00FB FFAC	Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
 | |
| 	0x00FC 0000	Malloc Arena
 | |
| 	      :
 | |
| 	0x00FD FFFF
 | |
| 	0x00FE 0000	RAM Copy of Monitor Code
 | |
| 	...		eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
 | |
| 	...		eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
 | |
| 	0x00FF FFFF	[End of RAM]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| System Initialization:
 | |
| ----------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
 | |
| (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
 | |
| configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
 | |
| To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
 | |
| To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
 | |
| initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
 | |
| which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
 | |
| part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
 | |
| the caches and the SIU.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
 | |
| preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
 | |
| (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
 | |
| on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
 | |
| programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
 | |
| simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
 | |
| banks.
 | |
| 
 | |
| When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
 | |
| different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
 | |
| bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
 | |
| 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
 | |
| contiguous memory starting from 0.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
 | |
| and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
 | |
| Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
 | |
| pages, and the final stack is set up.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
 | |
| until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
 | |
| running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
 | |
| new address in RAM.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| U-Boot Porting Guide:
 | |
| ----------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
 | |
| list, October 2002]
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	sighandler_t no_more_time;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
 | |
| 	alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	if (available_money > available_manpower) {
 | |
| 		Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
 | |
| 		return 0;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Download latest U-Boot source;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	if (clueless)
 | |
| 		email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	while (learning) {
 | |
| 		Read the README file in the top level directory;
 | |
| 		Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
 | |
| 		Read applicable doc/*.README;
 | |
| 		Read the source, Luke;
 | |
| 		/* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
 | |
| 		Buy a BDI3000;
 | |
| 	else
 | |
| 		Add a lot of aggravation and time;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	if (a similar board exists) {	/* hopefully... */
 | |
| 		cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
 | |
| 		cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
 | |
| 	} else {
 | |
| 		Create your own board support subdirectory;
 | |
| 		Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 	Edit new board/<myboard> files
 | |
| 	Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	while (!accepted) {
 | |
| 		while (!running) {
 | |
| 			do {
 | |
| 				Add / modify source code;
 | |
| 			} until (compiles);
 | |
| 			Debug;
 | |
| 			if (clueless)
 | |
| 				email("Hi, I am having problems...");
 | |
| 		}
 | |
| 		Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
 | |
| 		if (reasonable critiques)
 | |
| 			Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
 | |
| 		else
 | |
| 			Defend code as written;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void no_more_time (int sig)
 | |
| {
 | |
|       hire_a_guru();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Coding Standards:
 | |
| -----------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
 | |
| coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
 | |
| "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Source files originating from a different project (for example the
 | |
| MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
 | |
| reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
 | |
| sources.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
 | |
| Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
 | |
| in your code.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
 | |
| - remove any trailing white space
 | |
| - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
 | |
| - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
 | |
| - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
 | |
| - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
 | |
| 
 | |
| Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
 | |
| with a request to reformat the changes.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Submitting Patches:
 | |
| -------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
 | |
| establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
 | |
| may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
 | |
| see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
 | |
| 
 | |
| When you send a patch, please include the following information with
 | |
| it:
 | |
| 
 | |
| * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
 | |
|   this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
 | |
|   patch actually fixes something.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * For new features: a description of the feature and your
 | |
|   implementation.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
 | |
| 
 | |
| * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
 | |
| 
 | |
| * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
 | |
|   maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
 | |
|   document these in the README file.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
 | |
|   recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
 | |
|   "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
 | |
|   the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
 | |
|   with some other mail clients.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
 | |
|   diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
 | |
|   GNU diff.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
 | |
|   directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
 | |
|   your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
 | |
|   affected files).
 | |
| 
 | |
|   We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
 | |
|   and compressed attachments must not be used.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
 | |
|   files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
 | |
|   submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| Notes:
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
 | |
|   source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
 | |
|   for any of the boards.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
 | |
|   containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
 | |
|   returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
 | |
|   add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
 | |
|   When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
 | |
|   (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
 | |
|   disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
 | |
|   modification.
 | |
| 
 | |
| * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
 | |
|   u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
 | |
|   reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
 | |
|   bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
 |